WO2023246379A1 - Display substrate and manufacturing method therefor, and display device - Google Patents

Display substrate and manufacturing method therefor, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023246379A1
WO2023246379A1 PCT/CN2023/094516 CN2023094516W WO2023246379A1 WO 2023246379 A1 WO2023246379 A1 WO 2023246379A1 CN 2023094516 W CN2023094516 W CN 2023094516W WO 2023246379 A1 WO2023246379 A1 WO 2023246379A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
substrate
light
quantum dot
light processing
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/094516
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张智辉
韩城
高昊
吴启晓
李旭
Original Assignee
京东方科技集团股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 filed Critical 京东方科技集团股份有限公司
Publication of WO2023246379A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023246379A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/38Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • H10K50/115OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers comprising active inorganic nanostructures, e.g. luminescent quantum dots
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/80Constructional details
    • H10K50/85Arrangements for extracting light from the devices
    • H10K50/856Arrangements for extracting light from the devices comprising reflective means
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/80Constructional details
    • H10K50/85Arrangements for extracting light from the devices
    • H10K50/858Arrangements for extracting light from the devices comprising refractive means, e.g. lenses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/10OLED displays
    • H10K59/12Active-matrix OLED [AMOLED] displays
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K71/00Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to, but are not limited to, the field of display technology, and in particular, to a display substrate, a preparation method thereof, and a display device.
  • OLED Organic Light Emitting Diode
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a display substrate, a preparation method thereof, and a display device to solve the white light color cast problem of a display device using OLED+QD.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a display substrate, including: a substrate, a display structure layer provided on the substrate, a light conversion layer provided on a side of the display structure layer away from the substrate, and a light conversion layer provided on the side of the display structure layer away from the substrate.
  • the light conversion layer is a light treatment layer on the side away from the substrate; the light conversion layer at least includes a red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer; the light treatment layer includes a plurality of light treatments that improve light extraction efficiency.
  • the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially intersects the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate Overlapping, the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the covering layer Rate.
  • the light processing structure includes a first light processing structure
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate.
  • the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are spaced apart.
  • the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure is a trapezoid
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1
  • the length of the lower base is E1
  • the height is F1.
  • the size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.65 micron ⁇ (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) ⁇ 0.99 micron.
  • the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer;
  • the light processing structure includes a first black matrix.
  • Two light processing structures the second light processing structure is disposed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, the second light processing structure is on the base
  • the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate at least partially overlaps; the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate and the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate There is no overlap in projections.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure is a trapezoid
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2
  • the length of the lower base is E2
  • the height is F2.
  • the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.766 micron ⁇ (F2/((E2-G2)/2)) ⁇ 0.939 micron.
  • the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer; the light processing structure includes a first black matrix.
  • a light processing structure and a second light processing structure the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, so The orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate. There is no overlap in the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate.
  • the first light processing structure is located on a side of the second light processing structure away from the substrate, and the refractive index of the second light processing structure is smaller than the refraction of the first light processing structure. Rate.
  • the refractive index of the first light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  • the refractive index of the second light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53.
  • the display structure layer includes a driving circuit layer, a light-emitting structure layer and a packaging structure layer that are sequentially stacked on the substrate; wherein the light-emitting structure layer at least includes a pixel definition layer, and the pixel A pixel opening is provided on the definition layer; the packaging structure layer includes a plurality of third light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency, and the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate includes the pixel opening on the substrate. orthographic projection on.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure is a trapezoid
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3
  • the length of the lower base is E3
  • the height is F3.
  • the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.75 micron ⁇ (F3/((E3-G3)/2)) ⁇ 0.9 micron.
  • the refractive index of the third light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8.
  • the length of the pixel opening is C
  • the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C ⁇ G3 ⁇ E3 ⁇ C+ 8 microns.
  • the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate is consistent with the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate.
  • the distance between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate is less than or equal to 8 microns.
  • the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A
  • the red quantum dot layer The cross-sectional length is Dr
  • the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg
  • the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db
  • Dr/2+Dg/2+ Db ⁇ A the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer
  • embodiments of the present disclosure provide a display device, including the display substrate as described above.
  • embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for preparing a display substrate, which includes: forming a display structure layer on a substrate; forming a light conversion layer on a side of the display structure layer away from the substrate.
  • the layer at least includes a red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer; a light processing layer is formed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, and the light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency.
  • the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate
  • the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate and the green quantum dot layer Orthographic projections on the substrate at least partially overlap
  • the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the cover layer.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device
  • Figure 2 is an equivalent circuit schematic diagram of a pixel driving circuit
  • Figure 3 is a schematic plan view of a display substrate according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of the first light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of the second light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of a third light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the size of the pixel definition layer in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 11 is a top view of the pixel opening and the red quantum dot layer in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 12 shows the brightness and angle relationship curves between OLED devices and quantum dot materials of different colors
  • Figure 13 shows the relationship between the brightness and angle of the blue light-emitting device, the light conversion layer and the ideal state
  • Figure 14 is a relationship curve between brightness and angle of the display substrate of Figure 8 (provided with a third light processing structure) and the display substrate in the embodiment shown in Figure 9A;
  • Figure 15 shows the white light color deviation curve before and after structural adjustment
  • 16 to 21 are schematic diagrams of a process of preparing a display substrate in an exemplary embodiment.
  • the scale of the drawings in this disclosure can be used as a reference in actual processes, but is not limited thereto.
  • the width-to-length ratio of the channel, the thickness and spacing of each film layer, and the width and spacing of each signal line can be adjusted according to actual needs.
  • the number of pixels in the display substrate and the number of sub-pixels in each pixel are not limited to the numbers shown in the figures.
  • the figures described in the present disclosure are only structural schematic diagrams, and one mode of the present disclosure is not limited to the figures. The shape or numerical value shown in the figure.
  • connection should be understood in a broad sense.
  • it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection; it can be a mechanical connection, or an electrical connection; it can be a direct connection, an indirect connection through an intermediate piece, or an internal connection between two elements.
  • connection should be understood in a broad sense.
  • it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection; it can be a mechanical connection, or an electrical connection; it can be a direct connection, an indirect connection through an intermediate piece, or an internal connection between two elements.
  • a transistor refers to an element including at least three terminals: a gate electrode, a drain electrode, and a source electrode.
  • the transistor has a channel region between a drain electrode (drain electrode terminal, drain region, or drain electrode) and a source electrode (source electrode terminal, source region, or source electrode), and current can flow through the drain electrode, channel region, and source electrode .
  • the channel region refers to a region through which current mainly flows.
  • the first electrode may be a drain electrode and the second electrode may be a source electrode, or the first electrode may be a source electrode and the second electrode may be a drain electrode.
  • the functions of the "source electrode” and the “drain electrode” may be interchanged with each other. Therefore, in this specification, “source electrode” and “drain electrode” can be interchanged with each other, and “source terminal” and “drain terminal” can be interchanged with each other.
  • electrical connection includes a case where constituent elements are connected together through an element having some electrical effect.
  • element having some electrical function There is no particular limitation on the “element having some electrical function” as long as it can transmit electrical signals between connected components.
  • elements having some electrical function include not only electrodes and wiring, but also switching elements such as transistors, resistors, inductors, capacitors, and other elements with various functions.
  • parallel refers to a state in which the angle formed by two straight lines is -10° or more and 10° or less. Therefore, it also includes a state in which the angle is -5° or more and 5° or less.
  • vertical refers to a state where the angle formed by two straight lines is 80° or more and 100° or less, and therefore includes an angle of 85° or more and 95° or less.
  • film and “layer” may be interchanged.
  • conductive layer may sometimes be replaced by “conductive film.”
  • insulating film may sometimes be replaced by “insulating layer”.
  • triangles, rectangles, trapezoids, pentagons or hexagons in this specification are not strictly speaking. They can be approximate triangles, rectangles, trapezoids, pentagons or hexagons, etc. There may be some small deformations caused by tolerances. There can be leading angles, arc edges, deformations, etc.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device.
  • the electronic device may include a timing controller, a data signal driver, a scanning signal driver, a luminescence signal driver, and a pixel array.
  • the timing controller may be connected to the data signal driver, the scanning signal driver, and the luminescence signal driver.
  • the data signal driver It can be connected to multiple data signal lines (D1 to Dn), the scan signal driver can be connected to multiple scan signal lines (S1 to Sm), and the light emitting signal driver can be connected to multiple light emitting signal lines (E1 to Eo).
  • the pixel array may include a plurality of sub-pixels Pxij, i and j may be natural numbers, and at least one sub-pixel Pxij may include a circuit unit and a light-emitting device connected to the circuit unit.
  • the circuit unit may include a pixel driving circuit, and the pixel driving circuit is connected to a scanning signal line, The data signal line and the light-emitting signal line are connected.
  • the timing controller may change the gray scale appropriate to the specifications of the data signal driver. Values and control signals are supplied to the data signal driver.
  • a clock signal, a scan start signal, etc. suitable for the specifications of the scan signal driver can be supplied to the scan signal driver.
  • the data signal driver may generate data voltages to be provided to the data signal lines D1, D2, D3, . . . and Dn using the grayscale values and control signals received from the timing controller. For example, the data signal driver may sample the grayscale value using a clock signal and apply a data voltage corresponding to the grayscale value to the data signal lines D1 to Dn in units of pixel rows, where n may be a natural number.
  • the scan signal driver may generate scan signals to be supplied to the scan signal lines S1, S2, S3, . . . and Sm by receiving a clock signal, a scan start signal, and the like from the timing controller.
  • the scan signal driver may sequentially supply scan signals having on-level pulses to the scan signal lines S1 to Sm.
  • the scan signal driver may be configured in the form of a shift register, and may generate the scan signal in a manner that sequentially transmits a scan start signal provided in the form of an on-level pulse to a next-stage circuit under the control of a clock signal , m can be a natural number.
  • the light-emitting signal driver may generate emission signals to be provided to the light-emitting signal lines E1, E2, E3, . . . and Eo by receiving a clock signal, an emission stop signal, or the like from the timing controller.
  • the light-emitting signal driver may sequentially provide emission signals with off-level pulses to the light-emitting signal lines E1 to Eo.
  • the light-emitting signal driver may be configured in the form of a shift register, and may generate the emission signal in a manner that sequentially transmits an emission stop signal provided in the form of a cut-off level pulse to a next-stage circuit under the control of a clock signal, o Can be a natural number.
  • Figure 2 is an equivalent circuit schematic diagram of a pixel driving circuit.
  • the pixel driving circuit may be a 3T1C, 4T1C, 5T1C, 5T2C, 6T1C or 7T1C structure.
  • the pixel driving circuit may include 7 transistors (transistors T1 to seventh transistors T7), 1 storage capacitor C, the pixel driving circuit and 7 signal lines (data signal line D, first scanning signal line S1 , the second scanning signal line S2, the light-emitting signal line E, the initial signal line INIT, the first power supply line VDD and the second power supply line VSS) are connected.
  • the pixel driving circuit may include a first node N1, a second node N2, and a third node N3.
  • the first node N1 may be connected to the first pole of the third transistor T3, the second pole of the fourth transistor T4 and the second pole of the fifth transistor T5, and the second node N2 may be connected to the second pole of the first transistor T1.
  • the first electrode of the second transistor T2 and the control electrode of the third transistor T3 are connected to the second end of the storage capacitor C.
  • the third node N3 can be connected to the second electrode of the second transistor T2 and the second electrode of the third transistor T3. is connected to the first pole of the sixth transistor T6.
  • the first end of the storage capacitor C is connected to the first power line VDD, and the second end of the storage capacitor C is connected to the second node N2, that is, the second end of the storage capacitor C is connected to the third transistor T3. Control pole connection.
  • the control electrode of the first transistor T1 is connected to the second scanning signal line S2, the first electrode of the first transistor T1 is connected to the initial signal line INIT, and the second electrode of the first transistor T1 is connected to the second node N2.
  • the first transistor T1 transmits the initializing voltage to the control electrode of the third transistor T3 to initialize the charge amount of the control electrode of the third transistor T3.
  • the control electrode of the second transistor T2 is connected to the first scanning signal line S1, the first electrode of the second transistor T2 is connected to the second node N2, and the second electrode of the second transistor T2 is connected to the third node N3.
  • the second transistor T2 connects the control electrode of the third transistor T3 to the second electrode.
  • the control electrode of the third transistor T3 is connected to the second node N2, that is, the control electrode of the third transistor T3 is connected to the second end of the storage capacitor C, and the first electrode of the third transistor T3 is connected to the first node N1.
  • the second pole of T3 is connected to the third node N3.
  • the third transistor T3 may be called a driving transistor, and the third transistor T3 determines the amount of the driving current flowing between the first power supply line VDD and the second power supply line VSS according to the potential difference between its control electrode and the first electrode.
  • the control electrode of the fourth transistor T4 is connected to the first scanning signal line S1, the first electrode of the fourth transistor T4 is connected to the data signal line D, and the second electrode of the fourth transistor T4 is connected to the first node N1.
  • the fourth transistor T4 can be called When the on-level scan signal is applied to the first scan signal line S1, the fourth transistor T4 causes the data voltage of the data signal line D to be input to the pixel drive circuit.
  • the control electrode of the fifth transistor T5 is connected to the light-emitting signal line E, the first electrode of the fifth transistor T5 is connected to the first power supply line VDD, and the second electrode of the fifth transistor T5 is connected to the first node N1.
  • the control electrode of the sixth transistor T6 is connected to the light-emitting signal line E, the first electrode of the sixth transistor T6 is connected to the third node N3, and the second electrode of the sixth transistor T6 is connected to the first electrode of the light-emitting device.
  • the fifth transistor T5 and the sixth transistor T6 may be called light emitting transistors.
  • the fifth and sixth transistors T5 and T6 cause the light-emitting device to emit light by forming a driving current path between the first power supply line VDD and the second power supply line VSS.
  • the control electrode of the seventh transistor T7 is connected to the second scanning signal line S2, the first electrode of the seventh transistor T7 is connected to the initial signal line INIT, and the second electrode of the seventh transistor T7 is connected to the first electrode of the light-emitting device.
  • the seventh transistor T7 transmits the initializing voltage to the first pole of the light-emitting device, so that the amount of charge accumulated in the first pole of the light-emitting device is initialized or released to emit light. The amount of charge accumulated in the first pole of the device.
  • the light-emitting device may be an OLED including a stacked first electrode (anode), an organic light-emitting layer, and a second electrode (cathode), or may be a QLED including a stacked first electrode (anode) , quantum dot light-emitting layer and second electrode (cathode).
  • the second pole of the light-emitting device is connected to the second power line VSS, the signal of the second power line VSS is a low-level signal, and the signal of the first power line VDD continuously provides a high-level signal.
  • the transistors T1 to T7 may be P-type transistors, or may be N-type transistors. Using the same type of transistors in the pixel drive circuit can simplify the process flow, reduce the process difficulty of the display panel, and improve the product yield.
  • the first to seventh transistors T1 to T7 may include P-type transistors and N-type transistors.
  • the first to seventh transistors T1 to T7 may employ low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors, or may employ oxide thin film transistors, or may employ low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors and oxide thin film transistors.
  • the active layer of low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors uses low temperature polysilicon (LTPS), and the active layer of oxide thin film transistors uses oxide semiconductor (Oxide).
  • LTPS low temperature polysilicon
  • Oxide oxide semiconductor
  • Low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors have the advantages of high mobility and fast charging, and oxide thin film transistors have the advantages of low leakage current.
  • Low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors and oxide thin film transistors are integrated on a display substrate to form low-temperature polycrystalline oxide (Low Temperature Polycrystalline Oxide (LTPO for short) display substrate can take advantage of the advantages of both to achieve low-frequency driving, reduce power consumption, and improve display quality.
  • LTPO Low Temperature Polycrystalline Oxide
  • the light-emitting device may be an organic electroluminescent diode (OLED) including a stacked first electrode (anode), an organic light-emitting layer, and a second electrode (cathode).
  • OLED organic electroluminescent diode
  • the working process of the pixel driving circuit may include:
  • the first phase A1 is called the reset phase.
  • the signal of the second scanning signal line S2 is a low-level signal, and the signals of the first scanning signal line S1 and the light-emitting signal line E are high-level signals.
  • the signal of the second scanning signal line S2 is a low-level signal, causing the first transistor T1 and the seventh transistor T7 to be turned on.
  • the first transistor T1 is turned on so that the initial voltage of the initial signal line INIT is provided to the second node N2, which initializes (resets) the storage capacitor C and clears the original data voltage in the storage capacitor.
  • the seventh transistor T7 is turned on so that the initial voltage of the initial signal line INIT is provided to the first pole of the OLED, initializing (resetting) the first pole of the OLED, clearing its internal pre-stored voltage, completing the initialization, and ensuring that the OLED does not emit light.
  • the signals of the first scanning signal line S1 and the light-emitting signal line E are high-level signals, causing the second transistor T2, the fourth transistor T4, the fifth transistor T5 and the sixth transistor T6 to turn off.
  • the second stage A2 is called the data writing stage or the threshold compensation stage.
  • the signal of the first scanning signal line S1 is a low-level signal
  • the signals of the second scanning signal line S2 and the light-emitting signal line E are high-level signals
  • the data The signal line D outputs the data voltage.
  • the third transistor T3 is turned on.
  • the signal of the first scanning signal line S1 is a low-level signal, causing the second transistor T2 and the fourth transistor T4 to be turned on.
  • the second transistor T2 and the fourth transistor T4 are turned on so that the data voltage output by the data signal line D is provided to the second transistor through the first node N1, the turned-on third transistor T3, the third node N3, and the turned-on second transistor T2.
  • Node N2 and the difference between the data voltage output by the data signal line D and the threshold voltage of the third transistor T3 is charged into the storage capacitor C.
  • the voltage at the second end (second node N2) of the storage capacitor C is Vd-
  • the signal of the second scanning signal line S2 is a high-level signal, causing the first transistor T1 and the seventh transistor T7 to be turned off.
  • the signal of the light-emitting signal line E is a high-level signal, causing the fifth transistor T5 and the sixth transistor T6 to be turned off.
  • the third stage A3 is called the light-emitting stage.
  • the signal of the light-emitting signal line E is a low-level signal, and the signals of the first scanning signal line S1 and the second scanning signal line S2 are high-level signals.
  • the signal of the light-emitting signal line E is a low-level signal, causing the fifth transistor T5 and the sixth transistor T6 to be turned on.
  • the power supply voltage output by the first power supply line VDD passes through the turned-on fifth transistor T5, the third transistor T3 and the sixth transistor T6.
  • the transistor T6 provides a driving voltage to the first pole of the OLED to drive the OLED to emit light.
  • the driving current flowing through the third transistor T3 (driving transistor) is determined by the voltage difference between its gate electrode and the first electrode. Since the voltage of the second node N2 is Vdata-
  • )-Vth]2 K*(Vdd-Vd)2
  • I is the driving current flowing through the third transistor T3, that is, the driving current that drives the OLED
  • K is a constant
  • Vgs is the voltage difference between the gate electrode and the first electrode of the third transistor T3
  • Vth is the third transistor T3.
  • Vd is the data voltage output by the data signal line D
  • Vdd is the power supply voltage output by the first power supply line VDD.
  • the line width of the luminescence spectrum of quantum dot materials is usually less than 20nm, which can ensure a wider display color gamut and present a more layered and delicate image quality effect.
  • quantum dot materials also have a longer service life.
  • the OLED+QD luminescence form is used in the display device, and a blue monochromatic backlight is used to excite the red quantum dot (RQD) material and the green quantum dot (GQD) material to achieve the emission of white light.
  • the inventor of the present application found that in a display device using OLED+QD, as the viewing angle changes, there is a difference in the brightness attenuation of red light and green light and the brightness attenuation of blue light. This difference in brightness causes the display device to have a white light color deviation. Due to the Lambertian emission characteristics of the quantum dot material itself, light will be emitted in all directions when emitting light. The brightness attenuation of GQD and RQD changes with the viewing angle is very small, while the brightness attenuation of the light emitted by the blue light backlight changes with the viewing angle to a large extent. , this uneven brightness attenuation causes the display device to have a white light color cast. Moreover, the overall light extraction efficiency of this display device is not high, which affects the user experience.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view of a display substrate according to the present disclosure.
  • the display substrate may include a plurality of pixel units P arranged in a matrix. At least one of the plurality of pixel units P includes a first sub-pixel P1 that emits light of a first color, a third sub-pixel that emits light of a second color.
  • the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 that emit light of the third color, the first sub-pixel P1, the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 all include a pixel driving circuit and a light-emitting device.
  • the pixel driving circuits in the first sub-pixel P1, the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 are individually connected to the scanning signal line, the data signal line and the light-emitting signal line, and the pixel driving circuit is configured to connect the scanning signal line and the light-emitting signal line.
  • the data signal line Under the control of the data signal line, the data voltage transmitted by the data signal line is received, and a corresponding current is output to the light-emitting device.
  • the light-emitting devices in the first sub-pixel P1, the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 are respectively connected to the pixel driving circuit of the corresponding sub-pixel to generate
  • the optical device is configured to emit light with corresponding brightness in response to the current output by the pixel driving circuit of the sub-pixel.
  • the pixel unit P may include red (R) sub-pixels, green (G) sub-pixels, and blue (B) sub-pixels.
  • the shape of the sub-pixels in the pixel unit may be rectangular, rhombus, pentagon or hexagon.
  • the three sub-pixels can be arranged horizontally, vertically or vertically, or they can be arranged in Real RGB, SRGB or diamond-like arrangements. This disclosure is not limited here.
  • a blue light-emitting device may be provided in the pixel unit P, a light-transmitting layer may be provided correspondingly on the side of the first sub-pixel P1 away from the substrate, and a corresponding light-transmitting layer may be provided on the side of the second sub-pixel P2 away from the substrate.
  • a red quantum dot layer can be set correspondingly on the side of the third sub-pixel P3 away from the substrate. The light emitted by the blue light-emitting device corresponds to the first sub-pixel after passing through the quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer of different colors.
  • the area P1 can emit blue light
  • the area corresponding to the second sub-pixel P2 can emit green light
  • the area corresponding to the third sub-pixel P3 can emit red light.
  • the emission colors of the first sub-pixel P1, the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 can be set as needed, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a display substrate, including: a substrate, a display structure layer provided on the substrate, a light conversion layer provided on a side of the display structure layer away from the substrate, and a light conversion layer provided on the side of the display structure layer away from the substrate.
  • the display substrate proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure disposes a light processing layer on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate.
  • the light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency and a covering layer disposed on the side of the light processing structure away from the substrate.
  • the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the covering layer
  • the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate
  • the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate overlaps with the green Orthographic projections of the quantum dot layers onto the substrate at least partially overlap.
  • Improving the light extraction efficiency of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer through the light processing structure can increase the degree of attenuation of the light brightness of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer as the viewing angle changes, solving the problem of white light in display devices using OLED+QD Color cast problem.
  • the light processing structure includes a first light processing structure
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate.
  • the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are spaced apart.
  • the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure is a trapezoid
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1
  • the length of the lower base is E1
  • the height is F1.
  • the size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.65 micron ⁇ (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) ⁇ 0.99 micron.
  • the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer;
  • the light processing structure includes a first black matrix.
  • Two light processing structures the second light processing structure is disposed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate is in line with the first black matrix.
  • the orthographic projection on the substrate at least partially overlaps; the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate does not overlap with the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure is Trapezoidal, the length of the upper bottom of the trapezoid is G2, the length of the lower bottom is E2, and the height is F2.
  • the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.766 microns ⁇ (F2/((E2-G2)/2)) ⁇ 0.939 Micron.
  • the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer; the light processing structure includes a first black matrix.
  • a light processing structure and a second light processing structure the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, so The orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate. There is no overlap in the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate.
  • the first light processing structure is located on a side of the second light processing structure away from the substrate, and the refractive index of the second light processing structure is smaller than the refraction of the first light processing structure. Rate.
  • the refractive index of the first light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  • the refractive index of the second light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53.
  • the light processing structure may include only the first light processing structure, or the light processing structure may include only the second light processing structure, or the light processing structure may include the first light processing structure and the second light processing structure.
  • the light processing structure only includes the first light processing structure
  • the light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer can be refracted after being incident on the first light processing structure, causing the light from the red quantum dot layer to move toward the red color.
  • the center of the quantum dot layer is deflected, and the light from the green quantum dot layer is deflected to the center of the green quantum dot layer, thereby improving the light extraction efficiency.
  • the light from the red quantum dot layer can be reflected to the center of the red quantum dot layer after being incident on the surface of the second light processing structure, and the light from the green quantum dot layer can be reflected after being incident on the surface of the second light processing structure. After reaching the surface of the second light treatment structure, it can be reflected to the center of the green quantum dot layer, thereby improving the light extraction efficiency.
  • the first light processing structure may be located on a side of the second light processing structure away from the substrate, and the first light processing structure and the second light processing structure may Quantum dot layers corresponding to different colors and the first black matrix are arranged, and the refractive index of the second light processing structure can be smaller than the refractive index of the first light processing structure.
  • the position and refraction of the first light processing structure and the second light processing structure Under the efficiency design, after the light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer is incident on the surface of the second light processing structure, total reflection can occur at the interface between the second light processing structure and the first light processing structure, so that the light from the second light processing structure can be completely reflected.
  • the light from the red quantum dot layer is deflected to the center of the red quantum dot layer, and the light from the green quantum dot layer is deflected to the center of the green quantum dot layer, thereby improving the light extraction efficiency.
  • the display structure layer includes a driving circuit layer, a light-emitting structure layer and a packaging structure layer that are sequentially stacked on the substrate; wherein the light-emitting structure layer at least includes a pixel definition layer, and the pixel A pixel opening is provided on the definition layer; the packaging structure layer includes a plurality of third light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency, and the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate includes the pixel opening on the substrate. orthographic projection on.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure is a trapezoid
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3
  • the length of the lower base is E3
  • the height is F3.
  • the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.75 micron ⁇ (F3/((E3-G3)/2)) ⁇ 0.9 micron.
  • the refractive index of the third light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8.
  • the length of the pixel opening is C
  • the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C ⁇ G3 ⁇ E3 ⁇ C+ 8 microns.
  • the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate is consistent with the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate.
  • Front projection of pixel openings on the substrate The distance between adjacent edges of the shadow is less than or equal to 8 microns.
  • the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A
  • the red quantum dot layer The cross-sectional length is Dr
  • the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg
  • the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db
  • Dr/2+Dg/2+ Db ⁇ A the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure, taking the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10
  • Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the display structure layer 20 may include a driving circuit layer, a light emitting structure layer, and a packaging structure layer stacked in sequence.
  • the driving circuit layer may include a plurality of transistors and storage capacitors constituting a pixel driving circuit.
  • the light-emitting structure layer may include a pixel definition layer and a light-emitting device.
  • the pixel definition layer may include a plurality of pixel openings. The pixel openings form a light-emitting area. Between adjacent light-emitting areas are pixel dams.
  • the light-emitting device may include an anode, an organic light-emitting layer and a cathode.
  • the light-emitting device may be configured as a blue light-emitting device.
  • the packaging structure layer may include a stacked first sub-layer, a second sub-layer and a third sub-layer. The first sub-layer and the third sub-layer may be made of inorganic materials, and the second sub-layer may be made of organic materials
  • the light conversion layer 30 may include at least a plurality of first black matrices 31 and a plurality of quantum dot layers 32 .
  • a plurality of first black matrices 31 and a plurality of quantum dot layers 32 may be disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 , and the plurality of first black matrices 31 may be disposed at intervals between adjacent first black matrices 31
  • multiple quantum dot layers 32 may be spaced apart and may be provided in multiple light-transmitting openings.
  • a single quantum dot layer 32 may be provided in a single light-transmitting opening to form a space separated by the first black matrix 31 .
  • the first black matrix 31 is located between adjacent quantum dot layers 32 .
  • the display structure layer 20 may be provided with a blue light-emitting device, and the plurality of quantum dot layers 32 may include a red quantum dot layer that emits red light, a green quantum dot layer that emits green light, and a light-transmitting layer.
  • the layer is at least transparent to blue light.
  • the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer can be respectively arranged corresponding to the blue light-emitting device in the display structure layer 20.
  • the red quantum dot layer can be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (third sub-pixel P3) is located.
  • the quantum dot layer may be located in the area where the green sub-pixel (second sub-pixel P2) is located, and the light-transmitting layer may be located in the area where the blue sub-pixel (first sub-pixel P1) is located.
  • the light emitted by the blue light-emitting device excites the red quantum dot layer and emits red light.
  • the light emitted by the blue light-emitting device excites the green quantum dot layer and emits green light.
  • the light emitted by the blue light-emitting device remains blue light after passing through the light-transmitting layer.
  • the emitted red light, green light and blue light can be used for image display.
  • the light processing layer 50 may include a plurality of first light processing structures 51 disposed on a side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 and a covering layer disposed on a side of the first light processing structures 51 away from the substrate 10 52.
  • the plurality of first light processing structures 51 can be disposed on the side of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer away from the substrate 10 .
  • the positions of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 can be in line with the multiple red quantum dot layers and the plurality of green quantum dot layers.
  • the positions of the point layers correspond one to one.
  • the covering layer 52 may be disposed on a side of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 away from the substrate 10 , and the covering layer 52 may cover the plurality of first light processing structures 51 .
  • the surface of the covering layer 52 on the side away from the substrate 10 may be a planarized surface.
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 The orthographic projection at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include an orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may Contains the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide with the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection and the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
  • substantially coincident means that the limits are not strictly limited, some small deformations caused by tolerances can be allowed, differences such as lead angles, arc edges and deformations can exist, and values within the range of process and measurement errors are allowed.
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
  • the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51
  • the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 .
  • the direction deflection at the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels.
  • the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer
  • the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one of the following or Various shapes: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape). ), etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52.
  • the first incident angle ⁇ i1 of 52 is smaller than the first refraction angle ⁇ o1 entering the covering layer 52, that is, relative to the incident light, the light from the red quantum dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after entering the covering layer 52, and the light from the green quantum dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the light from the quantum dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the green quantum dot layer after entering the covering layer 52 .
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  • 4B is a schematic dimensional view of the first light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B , in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1.
  • the geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid can be 0.65 ⁇ (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) ⁇ 0.99, and the unit of the number in the formula is micron.
  • the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be denoted as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, and the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg. As shown in FIG.
  • the cross-sectional length D of the quantum dot layer 32 may be the size of the side of the quantum dot layer 32 parallel to the substrate in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, and the length G1 of the upper base of the first light processing structure 51 may be Setting it to be greater than or equal to the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32 can ensure that more light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer is incident on the first light processing structure 51, making the light emitted by the light conversion layer more emitted. Concentration increases the degree of attenuation of the brightness of red and green light as the angle changes, and helps improve the overall light extraction efficiency.
  • the upper and lower length G1 of the first light processing structure 51 can be set to be smaller than the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which helps to better control the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle, so as to reduce Small white light color cast.
  • the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding cross-sectional length Dr of the red quantum dot layer, and the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding green quantum dot layer can be set as needed.
  • the present disclosure does not limit the relationship between the cross-sectional length Dg.
  • the second refractive index of the covering layer 52 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.4 and less than or equal to 1.55.
  • the thickness of the covering layer 52 is H, and the thickness H may be the distance between the surface of the covering layer 52 away from the substrate 10 and the surface of the covering layer 52 close to the substrate 10 .
  • the thickness of the covering layer 52 may be set according to the height F1 of the first light processing structure 51, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
  • the side walls of the first light processing structure 51 may be polygonal lines, arc lines, wavy lines, etc., and the disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure, taking the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the structural layer 20, the light conversion layer 30 and the light processing layer 50 shown in Figure 5 can be referred to the description of Figure 4A and will not be described again here.
  • a flat layer 40 may be provided between the display structure layer 20 and the light processing layer 50 .
  • the flat layer 40 may cover the first black matrix 31 and the plurality of quantum dot layers 32 .
  • the surface of the planarization layer 40 on the side away from the substrate 10 may be a planarized surface.
  • the material of the flat layer 40 may be optical glue or an inorganic material, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
  • a color filter layer 60 may be disposed on a side of the light processing layer 50 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the color filter layer 60 may include at least a plurality of second black matrices 61 and a plurality of filter layers 62 .
  • a plurality of second black matrices 61 and a plurality of filter layers 62 may be disposed on a side of the light processing layer 50 away from the substrate 10 , and a plurality of second black matrices 61 may be disposed at intervals between adjacent second black matrices 61
  • multiple filter layers 62 may be spaced apart and may be provided in multiple light-transmitting openings.
  • a single filter layer 62 may be provided in a single light-transmitting opening, forming a layer separated by a second black matrix 61 .
  • the second black matrix 61 is located between adjacent filter layers 62 .
  • the plurality of filter layers 62 may include a red filter layer that transmits red light, a blue filter layer that transmits blue light, and a green filter layer that transmits green light.
  • the red filter layer The layer may be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (the third sub-pixel P3) is located, the green filter layer may be located in the area where the green sub-pixel (the second sub-pixel P2) is located, and the blue filter layer may be located in the blue sub-pixel (the first sub-pixel P2). The area where pixel P1) is located.
  • the module layer 70 may be disposed on a side of the color filter layer 60 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the light processing layer 50 including the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 is disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10.
  • the dot layer and the green quantum dot layer are arranged correspondingly, and the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52. Refraction is used to cause the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer to move toward the center of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected in the direction of the center of the green quantum dot layer, which can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels, increase the light emission color gamut, reduce the white light color cast, and improve the display quality.
  • the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 5 has a simple preparation process and lower production cost.
  • the thickness of the covering layer 52 can be set to a smaller value, which is beneficial to realizing flexible bending display.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10
  • Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the structures of the display structure layer 20 , the light conversion layer 30 and the light processing layer 50 in this exemplary embodiment are basically the same as those of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , except that they are disposed on the red quantum dot layer.
  • the first light processing structure 51 and the first light processing structure 51 disposed on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other.
  • a plurality of first light processing structures 51 may be disposed on a side of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer away from the substrate 10 , and the positions of the first light processing structures 51 may be consistent with the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer. The positions of the quantum dot layers are set accordingly.
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps the orthographic projections of the corresponding red and green quantum dot layers on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include a corresponding red color. Orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 corresponds to the corresponding red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer, and the first black quantum dot layer located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer.
  • the orthographic projections of the matrices onto the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
  • the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51
  • the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 .
  • the direction deflection of the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels and increase the attenuation of the light brightness of the light conversion layer as the angle changes.
  • the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer
  • the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one or more of the following: Types: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape) etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52 .
  • the direction of the arrow in FIG. 6 indicates that the light emitted by the light conversion layer passes through the first light processing structure.
  • the principle analysis of the deflection after 51 can be found in the description of Figure 4A and will not be described again here.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1
  • the length of the lower base is E1
  • the height is F1.
  • the geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.65. ⁇ (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) ⁇ 0.99.
  • the shape and size of the first light processing structure 51 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the flat layer 40, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 may also be provided in the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 6. Please refer to the relevant description of FIG. 5, which will not be described again here.
  • the light processing layer 50 including the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 is provided on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10, and the third light processing layer 50 is provided on the red quantum dot layer.
  • a light processing structure 51 and the first light processing structure 51 disposed on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other, and the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52 , using refraction to deflect the emitted light of the red quantum dot layer toward the center of the red quantum dot layer, and deflecting the emitted light of the green quantum dot layer toward the center of the green quantum dot layer, which can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels and improve the light color. It can also reduce the white light color cast and improve the display quality.
  • the light exit path of the red quantum dot layer in the structure shown in Figure 6 is reduced by a trapezoidal slope, and the light exit path of the green quantum dot layer is reduced by a trapezoidal slope, allowing for more flexibility. Adjust the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle.
  • the thickness H of the cover layer 52 can be set to a smaller value to facilitate flexible bending display.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10
  • Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the structures of the display structure layer 20 and the light conversion layer 30 in this exemplary embodiment are basically the same as those of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , except that the light processing layer 50 further includes a second light processing structure 53 .
  • the light processing layer 50 may include a plurality of second light processing structures 53 disposed on a side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 , and the second light processing structures 53 are disposed on a side away from the substrate. 10 more on one side A first light processing structure 51 and a covering layer 52 disposed on a side of the first light processing structure 51 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the positions of the plurality of second light processing structures 53 may be set in one-to-one correspondence with the positions of the plurality of first black matrices 31 .
  • the positions of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 can correspond to the positions of the plurality of red quantum dot layers and green quantum dot layers.
  • the covering layer 52 may be disposed on a side of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 away from the substrate 10 , and the covering layer 52 may cover the plurality of first light processing structures 51 and the plurality of second light processing structures 53 .
  • the surface of the covering layer 52 on the side away from the substrate 10 may be a planarized surface.
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the corresponding orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 may include the corresponding orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 At least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 does not overlap with the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 The orthographic projection at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include an orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may Contains the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide with the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection and the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
  • the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51
  • the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 .
  • the direction deflection at the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels.
  • the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer
  • the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one of the following or Various shapes: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape). ), etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
  • FIG. 7A illustrates the situation where light is directly emitted from the first light processing structure 51. For this situation, please refer to the description in FIG. 4A and will not be described again.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of the second light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1
  • the length of the lower base is E1
  • the height is F1.
  • the geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.76. ⁇ (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) ⁇ 0.984, the unit of the number in the formula is micron.
  • the quantum The cross-sectional length of the dot layer 32 in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, can be expressed as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, and the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg.
  • the upper and lower length G1 of the first light processing structure 51 can be set to be greater than or equal to the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which can ensure that more light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer is incident on the first light.
  • the second The top and bottom length G1 of a light processing structure 51 is set to be smaller than the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which helps to better control the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle to reduce white light color cast.
  • the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding cross-sectional length Dr of the red quantum dot layer or the cross-sectional length Dg of the green quantum dot layer can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
  • light is incident on the interface of the first light processing structure 51 and the second light processing structure 53 at the second incident angle ⁇ i2. Since the second incident angle ⁇ i2 is greater than the total reflection critical angle ⁇ , the incident light occurs Total reflection re-enters the first light processing structure 51 at the second reflection angle ⁇ o2. The light re-entering the first light processing structure 51 is deflected toward the center of the sub-pixel.
  • the second incident angle ⁇ i2 the second reflection angle ⁇ o2.
  • the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure 53 may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2
  • the length of the lower base is E2
  • the height is F2.
  • the geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid can be 0.766 ⁇ (F2/((E2-G2)/2)) ⁇ 0.939.
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 there is an overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 In the case where there is overlap with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the larger the overlap area between the projections, the faster the brightness attenuation speed changes with the angle. In an exemplary embodiment, there is no overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the positional relationship between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the red quantum dot layer, and the positional relationship between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the green quantum dot layer can be set as needed.
  • the present disclosure does not limit the positional relationship of the orthographic projection on the substrate 10 .
  • the light processing structure may only include the second light processing structure 53, and the light from the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer can be deflected toward their respective centers under the reflection of the second light processing structure 53, Thereby improving the light extraction efficiency.
  • the second refractive index of the covering layer 52 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.4 and less than or equal to 1.55.
  • the thickness H of the covering layer 52 can satisfy F1+F2+1 ⁇ H ⁇ F1+F2+1.5, and the unit of the number in the relational expression is micrometer.
  • the flat layer 40, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 may also be provided in the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 7A. Please refer to the relevant description of FIG. 5, which will not be described again here.
  • the display substrate provided by exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure disposes the light processing layer 50 including the second light processing structure 53, the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10.
  • the light processing structure 53 is provided correspondingly to the first black matrix 31
  • the first light processing structure 51 is provided correspondingly to the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the first refractive index n51 of the covering layer 52 .
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53, using refraction and total reflection
  • the radiation deflects the emitted light of the red quantum dot layer toward the center of the red quantum dot layer, and the emitted light of the green quantum dot layer deflects toward the center of the green quantum dot layer, which can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels, improve the light emission color gamut, and also It can reduce the color cast of white light and improve the display quality.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10
  • Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the structures of the display structure layer 20 , the light conversion layer 30 and the light processing layer 50 in this exemplary embodiment are basically the same as those of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A , except that they are disposed on the red quantum dot layer.
  • the first light processing structure 51 and the first light processing structure 51 disposed on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other.
  • a plurality of first light processing structures 51 may be disposed on a side of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer away from the substrate 10 , and the positions of the first light processing structures 51 may be consistent with the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer. The positions of the quantum dot layers are set accordingly.
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 The orthographic projection at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include an orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may Contains the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 corresponds to the corresponding red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer, and the first black quantum dot layer located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer.
  • the orthographic projections of the matrices onto the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
  • the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51
  • the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 .
  • the direction deflection of the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels and increase the attenuation speed of the light brightness of the light conversion layer as the angle changes.
  • the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer
  • the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one or more of the following: Types: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape) etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52 .
  • the direction of the arrow in FIG. 8 illustrates that the light emitted by the light conversion layer passes through the first light processing structure.
  • the principle analysis of the deflection after 51 can be found in the description of Figure 4A and will not be described again here.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1
  • the length of the lower base is E1
  • the height is F1.
  • the geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.76. ⁇ (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) ⁇ 0.984.
  • the shape and size of the first light processing structure 51 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the flat layer 40, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 may also be provided in the display substrate with the structure shown in Figure 8. Please refer to the relevant description of Figure 5, which will not be described again here.
  • the display substrate provided by exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure disposes the light processing layer 50 including the second light processing structure 53, the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10.
  • the light processing structure 53 is provided correspondingly to the first black matrix 31
  • the first light processing structure 51 is provided correspondingly to the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the first refractive index n51 of the covering layer 52 .
  • the second refractive index n52, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53, using refraction and total reflection to make the emitted light of the red quantum dot layer move toward the center of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the light emitted from the green quantum dot layer is deflected in the direction of the center of the green quantum dot layer, which can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels, increase the light emission color gamut, reduce the white light color cast, and improve the display quality.
  • the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 8 simplifies the preparation process of the first light processing structure 51, which helps to improve the production yield and reduce the production cost.
  • the light exit path of the red quantum dot layer in the structure shown in Figure 8 is reduced by a trapezoidal slope, and the light exit path of the green quantum dot layer is reduced by a trapezoidal slope, allowing for more flexible adjustment of brightness attenuation. and changes in angle.
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10
  • Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the structure of the light conversion layer 30 and the light processing layer 50 in this exemplary embodiment is basically the same as that of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A , except that the display structure layer 20 includes a third light processing structure.
  • the display structure layer 20 includes a driving circuit layer 21 , a light-emitting structure layer located on the side of the driving circuit layer 21 away from the substrate 10 , and an encapsulation structure layer located on the side of the light-emitting structure layer away from the substrate 10 .
  • the driving circuit layer 21 may include a plurality of transistors and storage capacitors constituting a pixel driving circuit.
  • the light-emitting structure layer may include a pixel definition layer 22 and a light-emitting device 23.
  • the pixel definition layer 22 may include a plurality of pixel openings. The pixel openings form a light-emitting area, and between adjacent light-emitting areas are pixel dams.
  • the light-emitting device 23 may include an anode, an organic light-emitting layer and the cathode.
  • the light-emitting device 23 can be a blue light-emitting device.
  • Multiple light-emitting devices 23 can be arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer.
  • the light-emitting device 23 is schematically illustrated in Figure 9A.
  • the packaging structure layer may include a stacked first sub-layer 24, a second sub-layer 25 and a third sub-layer 26.
  • the first sub-layer 24 and the third sub-layer 26 may be made of inorganic materials, and the second sub-layer 25 may be made of organic materials. Material.
  • the first sub-layer 24 of the packaging structure layer may include a plurality of third light processing structures, and the plurality of third light processing structures may be disposed on a side of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 away from the substrate 10, and a plurality of third light processing structures may be disposed on a side of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 away from the substrate 10.
  • the position of the third light processing structure may correspond to the positions of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 one-to-one.
  • the second sub-layer 25 may be disposed on a side of the plurality of third light processing structures away from the substrate 10 , and the second sub-layer 25 may cover the plurality of third light processing structures.
  • the third sub-layer 26 may be disposed on a side of the second sub-layer 25 away from the substrate 10 , and the third sub-layer 26 may cover the second sub-layer 25 .
  • the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate 10 may include the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 .
  • the light emitted by the light-emitting device 23 can be deflected toward the center of the pixel opening after passing through the third light processing structure, allowing more light to illuminate the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer, which helps Better excitation of quantum dot materials to produce light of corresponding colors can also make the blue light passing through the light-transmitting layer more concentrated and improve the light extraction efficiency.
  • the pixel opening center may be the geometric center of the pixel opening.
  • the shape of the third light processing structure can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements.
  • the shape of the third light processing structure can be any one or more of the following: Triangular, rectangular, pentagonal, hexagonal, circular and elliptical, in a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure may include a trapezoid Shape, inverted trapezoid or mushroom shape (T-shape), etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure may be greater than the fifth refractive index of the second sub-layer 25 , and the refraction angle of light when incident from the third light processing structure to the second sub-layer 25 is less than The incident angle is such that, relative to the incident light, the light entering the second sub-layer 25 is deflected toward the center of the pixel opening, as shown in FIG. 9A .
  • the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8.
  • FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of a third light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B , in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3, the length of the lower base is E3, and the height is F3. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid can be 0.75 ⁇ (F3/((E3-G3)/2)) ⁇ 0.9.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1
  • the length of the lower base is E1
  • the height is F1.
  • the geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.76. ⁇ (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) ⁇ 0.984.
  • the shape and size of the first light processing structure 51 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure 53 may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2
  • the length of the lower base is E2
  • the height is F2.
  • the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.766. ⁇ (F2/((E2-G2)/2)) ⁇ 0.939.
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 In the case where there is overlap with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the larger the overlap area between the projections, the faster the brightness attenuation speed changes with the angle. In an exemplary embodiment, there is no overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 . In the case where there is no overlap between the projection and the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the farther the distance between adjacent boundaries between the projections, the slower the brightness attenuation speed with angle changes. In practical applications, the positional relationship between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the second refractive index of the covering layer 52 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.4 and less than or equal to 1.55.
  • the thickness H of the covering layer 52 can satisfy F1+F2+1 ⁇ H ⁇ F1+F2+1.5, and the unit of the number in the relational expression is micrometer.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of a pixel definition layer in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a top view of a pixel opening and a red quantum dot layer in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the pixel definition layer 22 includes a plurality of pixel openings. The pixel openings form light-emitting areas, and pixel dams are formed between adjacent light-emitting areas.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the pixel dam can be a trapezoid
  • the length of the bottom of the pixel dam is A
  • the length of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the base is B
  • the length between adjacent pixel dams is
  • the length of the pixel opening is C, that is, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A.
  • the length B of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope surface of the pixel dam on the substrate may be less than or equal to 8 microns.
  • the length B of the orthogonal projection of the trapezoidal slope surface of the pixel dam on the substrate Can be less than or equal to 5 microns.
  • the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate may include the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C ⁇ G3 ⁇ E3 ⁇ C+8 , the unit of the number in the formula is micron, which can allow more light to enter the corresponding quantum dot layer.
  • the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be represented as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, and the cross-sectional length of the adjacent quantum dot layer 32 is Dg.
  • the first black matrix 31 between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer The cross-sectional length is Db.
  • Dr/2+Dg/2+Db ⁇ A can be set to ensure that as much light as possible emitted from the slope of the third light processing structure is incident on the corresponding red quantum dot layer or green quantum dot. layer.
  • the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr and the pixel opening length is C.
  • the relationship between the two can be C ⁇ Dr ⁇ 16+C, and the unit of the number in the formula is microns, the distance between the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer 32 on the substrate 10 and the adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 is less than or equal to 8 microns.
  • the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length C can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the distance a between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 may be greater than or equal to 5.5 microns. And less than or equal to 9 microns, the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate 10 may not overlap, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 does not overlap with that of the pixel opening.
  • the distance between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the opening on the substrate 10 may be set to be greater than or equal to 4 micrometers and less than or equal to 6 micrometers.
  • the size relationship between the first light processing structure 51 and the red quantum dot layer also satisfies: Dr ⁇ G1 ⁇ E1 ⁇ A+C.
  • the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the flat layer 40, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 may also be provided in the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 9A. Please refer to the relevant description of FIG. 5, which will not be described again here.
  • the display substrate provided by exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of sub-pixels by arranging a third light processing structure corresponding to the pixel opening in the display structure layer 20 and using refraction to deflect the emitted light toward the center of the pixel opening. .
  • the second light processing structure 53 is arranged corresponding to the first black matrix 31
  • the first light processing structure 51 is arranged corresponding to the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52.
  • the first refractive index n51 is greater than the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53.
  • Refraction and total reflection are used to deflect the emitted light of the red quantum dot layer toward the center of the red quantum dot layer, and the emitted light of the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the deflection of the center direction of the green quantum dot layer can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels, increase the light emission color gamut, reduce the white light color cast, and improve the display quality.
  • the third light processing structure, the second light processing structure 53, the first light processing structure 51, the light emitting device and the light conversion layer are arranged to cooperate with each other in position and size, further improving the display quality.
  • the display structure layer 20 of the structure shown in FIG. 9A can also be applied to the structures shown in other embodiments.
  • the display structure layer 20 of the structure shown in FIG. 9A may be used in the display substrate shown in FIG. 4A , and a third light processing structure may be provided in the display structure layer 20 of FIG. 4A .
  • the size of the first light processing structure 51 can satisfy: G1 ⁇ E1 ⁇ A+C. You can set the size relationship between G1 and D as needed.
  • the display structure layer 20 of the structure shown in FIG. 9A may be used in the display substrate shown in FIG. 8 , and a third light processing structure may be provided in the display structure layer 20 of FIG. 8 .
  • the size of the first light processing structure 51 can satisfy: 2C+A ⁇ G1 ⁇ E1 ⁇ 2A+2C. You can set the size relationship between G1 and D as needed.
  • Figure 12 shows the brightness and angle relationship curves of OLED devices and quantum dot materials of different colors.
  • Figure 13 shows the relationship between the blue light-emitting device, the light conversion layer and the brightness and angle under ideal conditions.
  • the abscissa represents angle and the ordinate represents intensity.
  • the three solid lines represent the brightness and angle relationship of the green light-emitting device, the red light-emitting device and the blue light-emitting device in order from top to bottom.
  • Curve, two nearly coincident dotted lines Indicates the brightness and angle relationship curve of red quantum dot material and green quantum dot material. It can be seen from Figure 12 that the curve of the quantum dot material is overall higher than the curve of the light-emitting device.
  • the brightness attenuation of the quantum dot material is smaller than that of the light-emitting device, and the brightness of the quantum dot material is the lowest.
  • the intensity of the point is still above 0.7, while the intensity of the lowest point of the brightness of the light-emitting device is below 0.3, and there is a large difference between the two. Therefore, directly using a combination of light-emitting devices + quantum dot materials to generate red, green, and blue light in a display substrate will cause a large color shift of white light and poor display effects.
  • two approximately overlapping dotted lines represent the brightness and angle relationship curves of red quantum dot materials and green quantum dot materials
  • the solid line in the center represents the ideal brightness and angle relationship curve
  • the solid line below represents blue The relationship between brightness and angle of a light-emitting device.
  • the intensity of the lowest brightness point of the ideal curve is around 0.6.
  • the direction of the arrow indicates that in order to achieve the ideal curve, the brightness and angle relationship curve of the quantum dot material and the brightness and angle relationship curve of the blue light-emitting device need to be closer to the middle. . That is, it is necessary to increase the degree of brightness attenuation of the quantum dot material as the angle changes, and to reduce the degree of brightness attenuation of the blue light-emitting device as the angle changes.
  • FIG. 14 is a relationship curve between brightness and angle of the display substrate of FIG. 8 (provided with the third light processing structure) and the display substrate in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9A.
  • the upper curve in FIG. 14 represents the relationship between brightness and angle of the display substrate of FIG. 8 provided with the third light processing structure
  • the lower curve in FIG. 14 represents the relationship between brightness and angle of the display substrate in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9A curve.
  • the intensity of the lowest brightness point of both curves is around 0.6. It can be seen that the brightness and angle relationship curve of the display substrate in the above embodiment is basically consistent with the ideal brightness and angle relationship curve, which greatly improves the display effect of the display substrate.
  • the display substrates provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure can all achieve ideal brightness and angle relationship curve effects.
  • the brightness and angle relationship curves of different display substrates have different smoothness.
  • the first light processing structure in Figure 8 reduces the slope that can change the light path, so the brightness of the display substrate in Figure 8 changes more slowly with the angle. .
  • Figure 15 shows the white light color deviation curve before and after structural adjustment.
  • the white light color shift curve of a display substrate that directly uses a combination of light-emitting devices + quantum dot materials to generate red, green and blue light is Curve 1
  • the white light color shift curve of the display substrate obtained after structural adjustment is curve 2. It can be clearly seen from Figure 15 that after the structural adjustment of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the white light color cast problem of the display substrate has been greatly improved.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a display device, including the display substrate described in any of the above embodiments.
  • the display device may be: an OLED display, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a television, a monitor, a notebook computer, a digital photo frame, a navigator, or any other product or component with a display function.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited thereto.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a method for preparing a display substrate, including: forming a display structure layer on a substrate; forming a light conversion layer on a side of the display structure layer away from the substrate, where the light conversion layer at least includes A red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer; a light processing layer is formed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, and the light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency and is arranged on The light processing structure is away from the covering layer on the side of the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the An orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps an orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the cover layer.
  • the structure of the display substrate of the present disclosure is explained below through an example of a display substrate preparation process.
  • the "patterning process” mentioned in this disclosure includes processes such as depositing film layers, coating photoresist, mask exposure, development, etching, and stripping photoresist.
  • the deposition may be any one or more selected from sputtering, evaporation and chemical vapor deposition
  • the coating may be any one or more selected from spraying and spin coating
  • the etching may be selected from dry etching. and any one or more of wet engraving.
  • Thin film refers to a thin film produced by depositing or coating a certain material on a substrate.
  • the "film” can also be called a "layer.”
  • the "thin film” requires a patterning process during the entire production process, it is called a “thin film” before the patterning process, and it is called a “layer” after the patterning process.
  • the “layer” after the patterning process contains at least one "pattern”.
  • a and B are set on the same layer” mentioned in this disclosure means that A and B are arranged in the same composition The process is formed simultaneously.
  • the orthographic projection of A contains the orthographic projection of B means that the orthographic projection of B falls within the orthographic projection range of A, or the orthographic projection of A covers the orthographic projection of B.
  • the preparation process of the display substrate may include the following steps.
  • Form the driving circuit layer pattern may include:
  • a first insulating film and a semiconductor film are sequentially deposited on the substrate 10, and the semiconductor film is patterned through a patterning process to form a first insulating layer covering the substrate, and a semiconductor layer pattern disposed on the first insulating layer.
  • the semiconductor layer pattern may include at least a plurality of active layers.
  • a second insulating film and a first conductive film are deposited in sequence, and the first conductive film is patterned through a patterning process to form a second insulating layer covering the semiconductor layer pattern, and a first conductive layer disposed on the second insulating layer.
  • Layer pattern, the first conductive layer pattern of each sub-pixel may at least include a plurality of gate electrodes and a first electrode plate.
  • a third insulating film and a second conductive film are deposited in sequence, and the second conductive film is patterned through a patterning process to form a third insulating layer covering the first conductive layer, and a second insulating layer disposed on the third insulating layer.
  • the conductive layer pattern, and the second conductive layer pattern of each sub-pixel may at least include a second electrode plate, and an orthographic projection of the second electrode plate on the substrate at least partially overlaps an orthographic projection of the first electrode plate on the substrate.
  • a fourth insulating film is deposited, and the fourth insulating film is patterned through a patterning process to form a fourth insulating layer pattern covering the second conductive layer pattern, and two active via holes are formed on the fourth insulating layer of each sub-pixel. , two active vias expose both ends of the active layer.
  • a third conductive film is deposited, patterned through a patterning process, and a third conductive layer pattern is formed on the fourth insulating layer.
  • the third conductive layer pattern at least includes: a source electrode located on each sub-pixel and a The drain electrode and the source electrode are connected to the active layer through one of the active via holes, and the drain electrode is connected to the active layer through the other active via hole.
  • a flat film is coated on the substrate with the aforementioned pattern, and the flat film is patterned through a patterning process to form a flat layer pattern covering the third conductive layer pattern.
  • At least one connection via is formed on the flat layer of each sub-pixel. , the connecting via exposes the surface of the drain electrode.
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the driving circuit layer 20 of each sub-pixel may include a plurality of transistors and storage capacitors constituting a pixel driving circuit.
  • FIG. 16 only the pixel driving circuit including one transistor 101A and a storage capacitor 101B is taken as an example.
  • the transistor 101A may include an active layer, a gate electrode, a source electrode, and a drain electrode, and the storage capacitor 101B may include a first plate and a second plate.
  • the transistor 101A may be a driving transistor in a pixel driving circuit, and the driving transistor may be a thin film transistor (TFT).
  • TFT thin film transistor
  • the substrate may be a rigid substrate, or may be a flexible substrate.
  • the rigid substrate can be made of materials such as glass or quartz, and the flexible substrate can be made of materials such as polyimide (PI).
  • PI polyimide
  • the flexible substrate can be a single-layer structure, or it can be a laminated structure composed of an inorganic material layer and a flexible material layer. The present disclosure No limitation is made here.
  • the first insulating layer, the second insulating layer, the third insulating layer and the fourth insulating layer may adopt silicon oxide (SiOx), silicon nitride (SiNx) and silicon oxynitride (SiON). Any one or more, can be single layer, multi-layer or composite layer.
  • the first insulating layer may be called a buffer (Buffer) layer
  • the second insulating layer and the third insulating layer may be called (GI) layers
  • the fourth insulating layer may be called an interlayer insulation (ILD) layer.
  • the first conductive layer, the second conductive layer and the third conductive layer may be made of metal materials, such as any one of silver (Ag), copper (Cu), aluminum (Al), titanium (Ti) and molybdenum (Mo) or More kinds, or alloy materials of the above metals, such as aluminum-neodymium alloy (AlNd) or molybdenum-niobium alloy (MoNb), can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer composite structure, such as Ti/Al/Ti, etc.
  • the flat layer can be Organic materials such as resin, etc.
  • the semiconductor layer can be made of amorphous indium gallium zinc oxide (a-IGZO), zinc oxynitride (ZnON), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), amorphous silicon (a-Si), polycrystalline silicon (p-Si), six Various materials such as thiophene and polythiophene, that is, the disclosure is applicable to transistors manufactured based on oxide Oxide technology, silicon technology, and organic technology, and the disclosure is not limited here.
  • a-IGZO amorphous indium gallium zinc oxide
  • ZnON zinc oxynitride
  • IZTO indium zinc tin oxide
  • a-Si amorphous silicon
  • p-Si polycrystalline silicon
  • forming the light emitting structure layer pattern may include:
  • the anode electrode layer pattern of each sub-pixel may at least include an anode 201, and the anode 201 is connected through The via hole is connected to the drain electrode of the transistor 101A.
  • a pixel definition film is coated on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and the pixel definition film is patterned through a patterning process to form a pixel definition layer 22.
  • the pixel definition layer of each sub-pixel is provided with a pixel opening, and the pixels in the pixel opening are The definition film is removed, exposing the surface of anode 201.
  • an organic light-emitting layer 203 located in each sub-pixel is formed by evaporation or inkjet printing.
  • the organic light-emitting layer 203 is connected to the anode 201 through the pixel opening.
  • a cathode 204 pattern is formed by evaporation using an open mask.
  • the cathode 204 with a full-surface structure is connected to the organic light-emitting layer 203, thereby realizing the organic light-emitting layer 203, the anode 201 and the cathode 204. Connection.
  • Figure 17 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in Figure 3, illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the fourth conductive film may adopt a metal material, a transparent conductive material, or a multi-layer composite structure of a metal material and a transparent conductive material.
  • the metal material may include silver (Ag), copper (Cu), aluminum (Al) , any one or more of titanium (Ti) and molybdenum (Mo), or alloy materials of the above metals
  • the transparent conductive material can include indium tin oxide (ITO) or indium zinc oxide (IZO), multi-layer composite structure It can be ITO/Al/ITO, etc.
  • the material of the pixel definition film may include polyimide, acrylic, or the like.
  • a half-tone mask patterning process may be used to form a spacer column pattern when forming the pixel definition layer pattern.
  • the spacer column may be disposed outside the pixel opening, and the spacer column
  • the pillars are configured to support the fine metal mask in the subsequent evaporation process, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
  • the organic light-emitting layer may include an emitting layer (EML), and any one or more of the following: a hole injection layer (HIL), a hole transport layer (HTL), an electron blocking layer (EBL), Hole blocking layer (HBL), electron transport layer (ETL) and electron injection layer (EIL).
  • EML emitting layer
  • HIL hole injection layer
  • HTL hole transport layer
  • EBL electron blocking layer
  • HBL Hole blocking layer
  • ETL electron transport layer
  • EIL electron injection layer
  • the organic light-emitting layer can be prepared in the following manner: first, an open mask (OPM) evaporation process is used or an inkjet printing process is used to sequentially form a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer. layer and an electron blocking layer, forming a common layer of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer and an electron blocking layer on the display substrate. Then, the evaporation process of Fine Metal Mask (FMM) or the inkjet printing process is used to form different luminescent layers in different sub-pixels.
  • the luminescent layers of adjacent sub-pixels can have a small amount of overlap ( For example, the overlapping portion accounts for less than 10% of the area of the respective light-emitting layer patterns), or may be isolated.
  • the hole blocking layer, electron transport layer and electron injection layer are then sequentially formed using an open mask evaporation process or an inkjet printing process, and the hole blocking layer, electron transport layer and electron injection layer are formed on the display substrate. Common layer.
  • a microcavity adjustment layer may be included in the organic light-emitting layer so that the thickness of the organic light-emitting layer between the cathode and the anode meets the design of the microcavity length.
  • a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, a hole blocking layer or an electron transport layer can be used as the microcavity adjustment layer, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
  • the light emitting layer may include a host material and a guest doped in the host material.
  • (Dopant) material the doping ratio of the guest material of the light-emitting layer is 1% to 20%.
  • the host material of the light-emitting layer can effectively transfer the exciton energy to the guest material of the light-emitting layer to stimulate the guest material of the light-emitting layer to emit light; on the other hand, the host material of the light-emitting layer "dilutes the guest material of the light-emitting layer""It effectively improves the fluorescence quenching caused by the collision between molecules of the guest material in the light-emitting layer and the collision between energy, and improves the luminous efficiency and device life.
  • the doping ratio refers to the ratio of the mass of the guest material to the mass of the light-emitting layer, that is, the mass percentage.
  • the host material and the guest material can be co-evaporated through a multi-source evaporation process, so that the host material and the guest material are evenly dispersed in the light-emitting layer, and the evaporation rate of the guest material can be controlled during the evaporation process.
  • the thickness of the light emitting layer may be approximately 10 nm to 50 nm.
  • the hole injection layer may use inorganic oxides, such as molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, and hafnium oxide. , tantalum oxide, silver oxide, tungsten oxide or manganese oxide, or a p-type dopant of a strong electron-withdrawing system and a dopant of a hole transport material can be used, and the thickness of the hole injection layer can be about 5nm to 20nm.
  • inorganic oxides such as molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, and hafnium oxide.
  • tantalum oxide, silver oxide, tungsten oxide or manganese oxide, or a p-type dopant of a strong electron-withdrawing system and a dopant of a hole transport material can be used, and the thickness of the hole injection layer
  • the hole transport layer may use a material with a high hole mobility, such as an aromatic amine compound, and its substituent may be carbazole, methylfluorene, or spirofluene. , dibenzothiophene or furan, etc., the thickness of the hole transport layer can be about 40nm to 150nm.
  • the hole blocking layer and the electron transport layer may use aromatic heterocyclic compounds, such as benzimidazole derivatives, imidazopyridine derivatives, benziimidazophenanthridine derivatives and other imidazole derivatives; pyrimidine Derivatives, triazine derivatives and other oxazine derivatives; quinoline derivatives, isoquinoline derivatives, phenanthroline derivatives and other compounds containing a nitrogen-containing six-membered ring structure (also including compounds with a phosphine oxide system on the heterocyclic ring) Substituent compounds), etc.
  • the hole blocking layer may have a thickness of approximately 5 nm to 15 nm
  • the electron transport layer may have a thickness of approximately 20 nm to 50 nm.
  • the electron injection layer may use alkali metals or metals, such as lithium fluoride (LiF), ytterbium (Yb), magnesium (Mg) or calcium (Ca), or compounds of these alkali metals or metals. etc., the thickness of the electron injection layer may be about 0.5nm to 2nm.
  • the cathode may be made of any one or more of magnesium (Mg), silver (Ag), aluminum (Al), copper (Cu), and lithium (Li), or any one of the above metals. made of one or more alloys.
  • the optical coupling layer pattern can be formed after the cathode pattern is formed.
  • the optical coupling layer is disposed on the cathode.
  • the refractive index of the optical coupling layer can be greater than the refractive index of the cathode, which is beneficial to light extraction and increases light extraction.
  • the material of the optical coupling layer can be made of organic materials, or inorganic materials, or organic materials and inorganic materials, and can be a single layer, multi-layer or composite layer, which is not limited by this disclosure.
  • forming the encapsulation structure layer pattern may include: first depositing a first encapsulation film using an open mask using a deposition method on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and then patterning the first encapsulation film using dry etching. to form a first sub-layer 24 including a third light processing structure.
  • the third optical glue may be coated after depositing the first packaging film, and the third optical glue may be formed into a third light processing structure through a photolithography process.
  • the optical glue may be doped to obtain a third optical glue having a fourth refractive index.
  • an open mask is used to print the second packaging material using an inkjet printing process to form the second sub-layer 25 .
  • an open mask is used to deposit a third packaging film using a deposition method to form the third sub-layer 26 .
  • Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in Figure 3, illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the first sub-layer 24 of the packaging structure layer may include a plurality of third light processing structures, and the plurality of third light processing structures may be disposed on a side of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 away from the substrate 10, and a plurality of third light processing structures may be disposed on a side of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 away from the substrate 10.
  • the position of the third light processing structure may correspond to the positions of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 one-to-one.
  • the second sub-layer 25 may be disposed in a plurality of third light processing On the side of the structure away from the substrate 10, the second sub-layer 25 may cover a plurality of third light processing structures.
  • the third sub-layer 26 may be disposed on a side of the second sub-layer 25 away from the substrate 10 , and the third sub-layer 26 may cover the second sub-layer 25 .
  • the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate 10 may include the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 .
  • the light emitted by the light-emitting device 23 can be deflected toward the center of the pixel opening after passing through the third light processing structure, allowing more light to illuminate the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer, which helps Better excitation of quantum dot materials to produce light of corresponding colors can also make the blue light passing through the light-transmitting layer more concentrated and improve the light extraction efficiency.
  • the pixel opening center may be the geometric center of the pixel opening.
  • the shape of the third light processing structure can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements.
  • the shape of the third light processing structure can be any one or more of the following: Triangular, rectangular, pentagonal, hexagonal, circular and elliptical, in a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure may include trapezoid, inverted trapezoid or mushroom shape (T-shape), etc., this There are no restrictions on disclosure.
  • the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure may be greater than the fifth refractive index of the second sub-layer 25 , and the refraction angle of light when incident from the third light processing structure to the second sub-layer 25 is less than The incident angle is such that, relative to the incident light, the light entering the second sub-layer 25 is deflected toward the center of the pixel opening, as shown in FIG. 9A .
  • the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3, the length of the lower base is E3, and the height is F3.
  • the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.75 ⁇ (F3/((E3-G3)/2)) ⁇ 0.9.
  • the first packaging film and the third packaging film may be made of any one or more of silicon oxide (SiOx), silicon nitride (SiNx), and silicon oxynitride (SiON), and may be a single material. Layers, multi-layers or composite layers can ensure that external water and oxygen cannot enter the light-emitting structure layer.
  • the deposition method can be chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or atomic layer deposition (ALD).
  • the second packaging film can be made of organic materials, such as resin, etc., and plays the role of covering each film layer of the display substrate to improve structural stability and flatness.
  • Patterns of the light conversion layer 30 and the flat layer 40 are formed in sequence.
  • forming the light conversion layer 30 pattern may include: first coating a black matrix film on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and patterning the black matrix film through a patterning process to form a first black matrix pattern,
  • the first black matrix pattern may at least include a plurality of first black matrices 31 , and the plurality of first black matrices 31 may be arranged at intervals to form light-transmitting openings between adjacent first black matrices 31 .
  • processes such as spin coating and inkjet printing can be used to form a plurality of red quantum dot layers, green quantum dot layers and light-transmitting layers respectively in the light-transmitting openings formed by the first black matrix 31 .
  • the flat layer 40 is formed.
  • the material of the flat layer 40 may be organic materials such as optical glue, or may be inorganic materials, and this disclosure does not limit this.
  • Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in Figure 3, illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the light conversion layer 30 may include at least a plurality of first black matrices 31 and a plurality of quantum dot layers 32 .
  • a plurality of first black matrices 31 and a plurality of quantum dot layers 32 may be disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 , and the plurality of first black matrices 31 may be disposed at intervals between adjacent first black matrices 31 Forming light-transmitting openings, multiple quantum The dot layers 32 can be arranged at intervals and can be arranged in multiple light-transmitting openings.
  • a single quantum dot layer 32 can be arranged in a single light-transmitting opening to form an array of quantum dot layers separated by the first black matrix 31.
  • a black matrix 31 is located between adjacent quantum dot layers 32 .
  • the display structure layer 20 may be provided with a blue light-emitting device, and the plurality of quantum dot layers 32 may include a red quantum dot layer that emits red light, a green quantum dot layer that emits green light, and a light-transmitting layer.
  • the layer is at least transparent to blue light.
  • the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer respectively correspond to the blue light-emitting device provided in the display structure layer 20.
  • the red quantum dot layer can be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (third sub-pixel P3) is located, and the green quantum dot layer can be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (third sub-pixel P3) is located.
  • the dot layer may be located in the area where the green sub-pixel (second sub-pixel P2) is located, and the light-transmitting layer may be located in the area where the blue sub-pixel (first sub-pixel P1) is located.
  • the light emitted by the blue light-emitting device excites the red quantum dot layer and emits red light.
  • the light emitted by the blue light-emitting device excites the green quantum dot layer and emits green light.
  • the light emitted by the blue light-emitting device remains blue light after passing through the light-transmitting layer.
  • the emitted red light, green light and blue light can be used for image display.
  • the pixel definition layer 22 includes a plurality of pixel openings, the pixel openings form light-emitting areas, and pixel dams are formed between adjacent light-emitting areas.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the pixel dam can be a trapezoid
  • the length of the bottom of the pixel dam is A
  • the length of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the base is B
  • the length between adjacent pixel dams is
  • the length of the pixel opening is C, that is, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A.
  • the length B of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope surface of the pixel dam on the substrate may be less than or equal to 8 microns. In other embodiments, the length B of the orthogonal projection of the trapezoidal slope surface of the pixel dam on the substrate Can be less than or equal to 5 microns.
  • the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate may include the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C ⁇ G3 ⁇ E3 ⁇ C+8 , the unit of the number in the formula is micron, which can allow more light to enter the corresponding quantum dot layer.
  • the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be represented as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, and the cross-sectional length of the adjacent quantum dot layer 32 is Dg.
  • the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix 31 between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db.
  • Dr/2+Dg/2+Db ⁇ A can be set to ensure that as much light as possible emitted from the slope of the third light processing structure is incident on the corresponding red quantum dot layer or green quantum dot. layer.
  • the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr and the pixel opening length is C.
  • the relationship between the two can be C ⁇ Dr ⁇ 16+C, and the unit of the number in the formula is microns, the distance between the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer 32 on the substrate 10 and the adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 is less than or equal to 8 microns.
  • the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length C can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
  • forming the pattern of the light processing layer 50 may include: first depositing a second optical film by deposition on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and then patterning the second optical film to form a second light processing structure. 53.
  • a second optical glue may be coated on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and the second optical glue may be formed into the second light processing structure 53 through a photolithography process.
  • doping may be performed in the optical glue to obtain a second optical glue having a third refractive index.
  • a first optical film is deposited by a deposition method, and then the first optical film is patterned to form a first light processing structure 51 .
  • the first optical glue can be coated on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and the first optical glue can be used to form the first light processing structure 51 through a photolithography process.
  • doping may be performed in the optical glue to obtain a first optical glue having a first refractive index.
  • a third optical film is then deposited to form a covering layer 52 covering the plurality of first light processing structures 51 .
  • the first optical film, the second optical film and the third optical film may be made of any one or more of silicon oxide (SiOx), silicon nitride (SiNx) and silicon oxynitride (SiON). It can be a single layer, multiple layers or composite layers, and the deposition method can be chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or atomic layer deposition (ALD).
  • SiOx silicon oxide
  • SiNx silicon nitride
  • SiON silicon oxynitride
  • CVD chemical vapor deposition
  • ALD atomic layer deposition
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the light processing layer 50 may include a plurality of second light processing structures 53 disposed on a side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 , and a plurality of second light processing structures 53 disposed on a side of the second light processing structure 53 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 provided on the side of the first light processing structure 51 away from the substrate 10 .
  • the positions of the plurality of second light processing structures 53 may be set in one-to-one correspondence with the positions of the plurality of first black matrices 31 .
  • the positions of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 can correspond to the positions of the plurality of red quantum dot layers and green quantum dot layers.
  • the covering layer 52 may be disposed on a side of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 away from the substrate 10 , and the covering layer 52 may cover the plurality of first light processing structures 51 and the plurality of second light processing structures 53 .
  • the surface of the covering layer 52 on the side away from the substrate 10 may be a planarized surface.
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the corresponding orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 may include the corresponding orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 At least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 does not overlap with the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 The orthographic projection at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include an orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may Contains the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide with the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 .
  • the orthographic projection and the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
  • the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
  • the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51
  • the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 .
  • the direction deflection at the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels.
  • the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer
  • the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements.
  • the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one of the following or Various shapes: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape). ), etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
  • FIG. 7A illustrates the situation where light is directly emitted from the first light processing structure 51. For this situation, please refer to the description in FIG. 4A and will not be described again.
  • the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1
  • the length of the lower base is E1
  • the height is F1.
  • the geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.76. ⁇ (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) ⁇ 0.984, the unit of the number in the formula is micron.
  • the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be denoted as D
  • the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr
  • the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg.
  • the upper and lower length G1 of the first light processing structure 51 can be set to be greater than or equal to the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which can ensure that more light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer is incident on the first light.
  • the second The top and bottom length G1 of a light processing structure 51 is set to be smaller than the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which helps to better control the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle to reduce white light color cast.
  • the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding cross-sectional length Dr of the red quantum dot layer can be set as needed, and the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding green quantum dot layer can be set as needed.
  • the present disclosure does not limit the relationship between the cross-sectional length Dg of the quantum dot layer.
  • the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure 53 may be a trapezoid.
  • the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2
  • the length of the lower base is E2
  • the height is F2.
  • the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.766. ⁇ (F2/((E2-G2)/2)) ⁇ 0.939.
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 In the case where there is overlap with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the larger the overlap area between the projections, the faster the brightness attenuation speed changes with the angle. In an exemplary embodiment, there is no overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 . In the case where there is no overlap between the projection and the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the farther the distance between adjacent boundaries between the projections, the slower the brightness attenuation speed with angle changes. In practical applications, the positional relationship between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
  • the light processing structure may only include the second light processing structure 53.
  • the light from the red quantum dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer under the reflection of the second light processing structure 53.
  • the green quantum dot layer The light from the dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the green quantum dot layer under the reflection of the second light processing structure 53, thereby improving the light extraction efficiency.
  • the second refractive index of the covering layer 52 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.4 and less than or equal to 1.55.
  • the thickness H of the covering layer 52 can satisfy F1+F2+1 ⁇ H ⁇ F1+F2+1.5, and the unit of the number in the relational expression is micrometer.
  • the pixel definition layer 22 includes a plurality of pixel openings, the pixel openings form light-emitting areas, and pixel dams are formed between adjacent light-emitting areas.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the pixel dam can be a trapezoid
  • the length of the bottom of the pixel dam is A
  • the length of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the base is B
  • the length between adjacent pixel dams is
  • the length of the pixel opening is C, that is, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A.
  • the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the substrate The length B of the shadow may be less than or equal to 8 microns. In other embodiments, the length B of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the substrate may be less than or equal to 5 microns.
  • the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate may include the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C ⁇ G3 ⁇ E3 ⁇ C+8 , the unit of the number in the formula is micron, which can allow more light to enter the corresponding quantum dot layer.
  • the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be represented as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, and the cross-sectional length of the adjacent quantum dot layer 32 is Dg.
  • the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix 31 between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db.
  • Dr/2+Dg/2+Db ⁇ A can be set to ensure that as much light as possible emitted from the slope of the third light processing structure is incident on the corresponding red quantum dot layer or green quantum dot. layer.
  • the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr and the pixel opening length is C.
  • the relationship between the two can be C ⁇ Dr ⁇ 16+C, and the unit of the number in the formula is microns, the distance between the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer 32 on the substrate 10 and the adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 is less than or equal to 8 microns.
  • the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length C can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the distance a between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 may be greater than or equal to 5.5 microns. And less than or equal to 9 microns, the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
  • the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate 10 may not overlap, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 does not overlap with that of the pixel opening.
  • the distance between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the opening on the substrate 10 may be set to be greater than or equal to 4 micrometers and less than or equal to 6 micrometers.
  • the size relationship between the first light processing structure 51 and the red quantum dot layer also satisfies: Dr ⁇ G1 ⁇ E1 ⁇ A+C.
  • the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
  • forming the color filter layer 60 pattern may include: first coating a black matrix film on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and patterning the black matrix film through a patterning process to form a second black matrix pattern;
  • the second black matrix pattern may at least include a plurality of second black matrices 61 , and the plurality of second black matrices 61 may be arranged at intervals to form light-transmitting openings between adjacent second black matrices 61 .
  • the red filter film, the blue filter film and the green filter film are sequentially coated, and the red filter film, the blue filter film and the green filter film are individually patterned through a patterning process.
  • the second black A plurality of filter layers are respectively formed in the light-transmitting openings formed by the matrix 1 .
  • the module layer 70 can then be prepared using a module segment process.
  • Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in Figure 3, illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
  • the color filter layer 60 may include at least a plurality of second black matrices 61 and a plurality of filter layers 62 .
  • a plurality of second black matrices 61 and a plurality of filter layers 62 may be disposed on a side of the light processing layer 50 away from the substrate 10 , and a plurality of second black matrices 61 may be disposed at intervals between adjacent second black matrices 61
  • multiple filter layers 62 may be spaced apart and may be provided in multiple light-transmitting openings.
  • a single filter layer 62 may be provided in a single light-transmitting opening, forming a layer separated by a second black matrix 61 .
  • the second black matrix 61 is located between adjacent filter layers 62 .
  • the plurality of filter layers 62 may include a red filter layer that transmits red light, a blue filter layer that transmits blue light, and a green filter layer that transmits green light.
  • the red filter layer The layer may be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (the third sub-pixel P3) is located, the green filter layer may be located in the area where the green sub-pixel (the second sub-pixel P2) is located, and the blue filter layer may be located in the blue sub-pixel (the first sub-pixel P2). The area where pixel P1) is located.
  • the display substrate may also include other film layer structures, such as touch structure layers, protective layers and other structures, which can be prepared according to actual needs and will not be described again here.

Abstract

A display substrate and a manufacturing method therefor, and a display device. The display substrate comprises a base substrate (10), a display structure layer (20) provided on the base substrate (10), a light conversion layer (30) provided on the side of the display structure layer (20) distant from the base substrate (10), and a light processing layer (50) provided on the side of the light conversion layer (30) distant from the base substrate (10); the light conversion layer (30) at least comprises a red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer; the light processing layer (50) comprises a plurality of light processing structures for improving the light exit efficiency and a covering layer (52) provided on the side of the light processing structures distant from the base substrate (10); the orthographic projections of the light processing structures on the base substrate (10) at least partially overlap the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the base substrate (10); the orthographic projections of the light processing structures on the base substrate (10) at least partially overlap the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the base substrate (10); the refractive index of the light processing structures is greater than the refractive index of the covering layer (52).

Description

显示基板及其制备方法、显示装置Display substrate and preparation method thereof, display device
本申请要求于2022年6月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210699592.5、发明名称为“显示基板及其制备方法、显示装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其内容应理解为通过引用的方式并入本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on June 20, 2022, with the application number 202210699592.5 and the invention title "Display Substrate and Preparation Method and Display Device", and its content should be understood as being incorporated by reference. are incorporated into this application.
技术领域Technical field
本公开实施例涉及但不限于显示技术领域,尤其涉及一种显示基板及其制备方法、显示装置。Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to, but are not limited to, the field of display technology, and in particular, to a display substrate, a preparation method thereof, and a display device.
背景技术Background technique
有机发光二极管(Organic Light Emitting Diode,简称OLED)为主动发光显示器件,具有自发光、广视角、高对比度、低耗电、极高反应速度、轻薄、可弯曲和成本低等优点,已成为目前显示领域的主流产品。Organic Light Emitting Diode (OLED) is an active light-emitting display device. It has the advantages of self-illumination, wide viewing angle, high contrast, low power consumption, extremely high response speed, thinness, flexibility and low cost. It has become the current Mainstream products in the display field.
在采用OLED+量子点(Quantum-dot,QD)材料的显示装置存在着白光色彩偏差的问题。There is a problem of white light color deviation in display devices using OLED+quantum-dot (QD) materials.
发明内容Contents of the invention
以下是对本文详细描述的主题的概述。本概述并非是为了限制权利要求的保护范围。The following is an overview of the topics described in detail in this article. This summary is not intended to limit the scope of the claims.
本公开实施例提供一种显示基板及其制备方法、显示装置,以解决采用OLED+QD的显示装置的白光色偏问题。Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a display substrate, a preparation method thereof, and a display device to solve the white light color cast problem of a display device using OLED+QD.
第一方面,本公开实施例提供一种显示基板,包括:基底、设置在所述基底上的显示结构层、设置在所述显示结构层远离所述基底一侧的光转换层以及设置在所述光转换层远离所述基底一侧的光处理层;所述光转换层至少包括红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层,所述光处理层包括多个提高出光效率的光处理结构和设置在所述光处理结构远离所述基底一侧的覆盖层,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构的折射率大于所述覆盖层的折射率。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a display substrate, including: a substrate, a display structure layer provided on the substrate, a light conversion layer provided on a side of the display structure layer away from the substrate, and a light conversion layer provided on the side of the display structure layer away from the substrate. The light conversion layer is a light treatment layer on the side away from the substrate; the light conversion layer at least includes a red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer; the light treatment layer includes a plurality of light treatments that improve light extraction efficiency. structure and a covering layer disposed on the side of the light processing structure away from the substrate, the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially intersects the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate Overlapping, the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the covering layer Rate.
一示例性实施例中,所述光处理结构包括第一光处理结构,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the light processing structure includes a first light processing structure, and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate, The orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate.
一示例性实施例中,设置在所述红色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构和设置在所述绿色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构间隔设置。In an exemplary embodiment, the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are spaced apart.
一示例性实施例中,设置在所述红色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构和设置在所述绿色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构为相互连接的一体结构。In an exemplary embodiment, the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other.
一示例性实施例中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第一光处理结构的截面形状为梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,所述梯形的尺寸关系满足:0.65微米<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99微米。In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure is a trapezoid, the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1. , the size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.65 micron<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99 micron.
一示例性实施例中,所述光转换层还包括第一黑矩阵,所述第一黑矩阵设置在红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层之间;所述光处理结构包括第二光处理结构,所述第二光处理结构设置在所述光转换层远离所述基底的一侧,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的 正投影与所述第一黑矩阵在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠;所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述透光层在所述基底上的正投影不存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer; the light processing structure includes a first black matrix. Two light processing structures, the second light processing structure is disposed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, the second light processing structure is on the base The orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate at least partially overlaps; the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate and the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate There is no overlap in projections.
一示例性实施例中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第二光处理结构的截面形状为梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G2,下底的长度为E2,高为F2,所述梯形的几何尺寸关系满足:0.766微米<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939微米。In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure is a trapezoid, the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2, the length of the lower base is E2, and the height is F2. , the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.766 micron<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939 micron.
一示例性实施例中,所述光转换层还包括第一黑矩阵,所述第一黑矩阵设置在红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层之间;所述光处理结构包括第一光处理结构和第二光处理结构,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述红色量子点层和所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述第一黑矩阵在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述透光层在所述基底上的正投影不存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer; the light processing structure includes a first black matrix. A light processing structure and a second light processing structure, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, so The orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate. There is no overlap in the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate.
一示例性实施例中,所述第一光处理结构位于所述第二光处理结构远离所述基底的一侧,所述第二光处理结构的折射率小于所述第一光处理结构的折射率。In an exemplary embodiment, the first light processing structure is located on a side of the second light processing structure away from the substrate, and the refractive index of the second light processing structure is smaller than the refraction of the first light processing structure. Rate.
一示例性实施例中,第一光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.75且小于或等于1.85。In an exemplary embodiment, the refractive index of the first light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
一示例性实施例中,第二光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.42且小于或等于1.53。In an exemplary embodiment, the refractive index of the second light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53.
一示例性实施例中,所述显示结构层包括依次叠设在所述基底上的驱动电路层、发光结构层和封装结构层;其中,所述发光结构层至少包括像素定义层,所述像素定义层上设置有像素开口;所述封装结构层包括多个提高出光效率的第三光处理结构,所述第三光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer includes a driving circuit layer, a light-emitting structure layer and a packaging structure layer that are sequentially stacked on the substrate; wherein the light-emitting structure layer at least includes a pixel definition layer, and the pixel A pixel opening is provided on the definition layer; the packaging structure layer includes a plurality of third light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency, and the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate includes the pixel opening on the substrate. orthographic projection on.
一示例性实施例中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第三光处理结构的截面形状为梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G3,下底的长度为E3,高为F3,所述梯形的几何尺寸关系满足:0.75微米<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9微米。In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure is a trapezoid, the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3, the length of the lower base is E3, and the height is F3. , the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.75 micron<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9 micron.
一示例性实施例中,第三光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.7且小于或等于1.8。In an exemplary embodiment, the refractive index of the third light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8.
一示例性实施例中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述像素开口长度为C,所述第三光处理结构和所述像素开口的尺寸关系满足:C≤G3<E3<C+8微米。In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the length of the pixel opening is C, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C≤G3<E3<C+ 8 microns.
一示例性实施例中,所述量子点层在所述基底上的正投影包含所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投影,所述量子点层在所述基底上的正投影与所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离小于或等于8微米。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate is consistent with the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate. The distance between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate is less than or equal to 8 microns.
一示例性实施例中,相邻的像素开口之间为像素坝,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述像素坝在所述基底上正投影的长度为A,所述红色量子点层截面长度为Dr,所述绿色量子点层截面长度为Dg,位于所述红色量子点层和所述绿色量子点层之间的第一黑矩阵截面长度为Db,Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A。In an exemplary embodiment, there is a pixel dam between adjacent pixel openings. In a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A, and the red quantum dot layer The cross-sectional length is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db, Dr/2+Dg/2+ Db≤A.
第二方面,本公开实施例提供了一种显示装置,包括如上所述的显示基板。In a second aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure provide a display device, including the display substrate as described above.
第三方面,本公开实施例提供了一种显示基板的制备方法,包括:在基底上形成显示结构层;在所述显示结构层远离所述基底的一侧形成光转换层,所述光转换层至少包括红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层;在所述光转换层远离所述基底的一侧形成光处理层,所述光处理层包括多个提高出光效率的光处理结构和设置在所述光处理结构远离所述基底一侧的覆盖层,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述绿色量子点层在 所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构的折射率大于所述覆盖层的折射率。In a third aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for preparing a display substrate, which includes: forming a display structure layer on a substrate; forming a light conversion layer on a side of the display structure layer away from the substrate. The layer at least includes a red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer; a light processing layer is formed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, and the light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency. and a covering layer disposed on the side of the light processing structure away from the substrate, the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate , the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate and the green quantum dot layer Orthographic projections on the substrate at least partially overlap, and the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the cover layer.
在阅读并理解了附图和详细描述后,可以明白其他方面。Other aspects will be apparent after reading and understanding the drawings and detailed description.
附图概述Figure overview
附图用来提供对本公开技术方案的理解,并且构成说明书的一部分,与本公开的实施例一起用于解释本公开的技术方案,并不构成对本公开技术方案的限制。The drawings are used to provide an understanding of the technical solution of the present disclosure and constitute a part of the specification. They are used to explain the technical solution of the present disclosure together with the embodiments of the present disclosure and do not constitute a limitation of the technical solution of the present disclosure.
图1为一种电子装置的结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device;
图2为一种像素驱动电路的等效电路示意图;Figure 2 is an equivalent circuit schematic diagram of a pixel driving circuit;
图3为本公开一种显示基板的平面结构示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic plan view of a display substrate according to the present disclosure;
图4A为本公开一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图;4A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4B为本公开一示例性实施例中第一光处理结构的尺寸示意图;FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of the first light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本公开另一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本公开又一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7A为本公开又一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图;7A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7B为本公开一示例性实施例中第二光处理结构的尺寸示意图;7B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of the second light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本公开又一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9A为本公开又一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图;9A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9B为本公开一示例性实施例中第三光处理结构的尺寸示意图;FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of a third light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本公开一示例性实施例中像素定义层的尺寸示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the size of the pixel definition layer in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本公开一示例性实施例中像素开口和红色量子点层的俯视图;Figure 11 is a top view of the pixel opening and the red quantum dot layer in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为不同颜色的OLED器件与量子点材料的亮度和角度关系曲线;Figure 12 shows the brightness and angle relationship curves between OLED devices and quantum dot materials of different colors;
图13为蓝色发光器件、光转换层以及理想状态下的亮度和角度关系曲线;Figure 13 shows the relationship between the brightness and angle of the blue light-emitting device, the light conversion layer and the ideal state;
图14为图8(设置有第三光处理结构)的显示基板和图9A所示实施例中显示基板的亮度和角度关系曲线;Figure 14 is a relationship curve between brightness and angle of the display substrate of Figure 8 (provided with a third light processing structure) and the display substrate in the embodiment shown in Figure 9A;
图15为结构调整前后白光色偏曲线;Figure 15 shows the white light color deviation curve before and after structural adjustment;
图16至图21为一示例性实施例中制备显示基板的过程示意图。16 to 21 are schematic diagrams of a process of preparing a display substrate in an exemplary embodiment.
详述Elaborate
下文中将结合附图对本公开的实施例进行详细说明。注意,实施方式可以以多个不同形式来实施。所属技术领域的普通技术人员理解一个事实,就是方式和内容可以在不脱离本公开的宗旨及其范围的条件下被变换为各种各样的形式。因此,本公开不应该被解释为仅限定在下面的实施方式所记载的内容中。在不冲突的情况下,本公开中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互任意组合。The embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Note that embodiments may be implemented in many different forms. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art that the manner and content may be transformed into various forms without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure. Therefore, the present disclosure should not be construed as being limited only to the contents described in the following embodiments. The embodiments and features in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be arbitrarily combined with each other unless there is any conflict.
本公开中的附图比例可以作为实际工艺中的参考,但不限于此。例如:沟道的宽长比、各个膜层的厚度和间距、各个信号线的宽度和间距,可以根据实际需要进行调整。显示基板中像素的个数和每个像素中子像素的个数也不是限定为图中所示的数量,本公开中所描述的附图仅是结构示意图,本公开的一个方式不局限于附图所示的形状或数值等。 The scale of the drawings in this disclosure can be used as a reference in actual processes, but is not limited thereto. For example: the width-to-length ratio of the channel, the thickness and spacing of each film layer, and the width and spacing of each signal line can be adjusted according to actual needs. The number of pixels in the display substrate and the number of sub-pixels in each pixel are not limited to the numbers shown in the figures. The figures described in the present disclosure are only structural schematic diagrams, and one mode of the present disclosure is not limited to the figures. The shape or numerical value shown in the figure.
本说明书中的“第一”、“第二”、“第三”等序数词是为了避免构成要素的混同而设置,而不是为了在数量方面上进行限定。Ordinal numbers such as "first", "second" and "third" in this specification are provided to avoid confusion of constituent elements and are not intended to limit the quantity.
在本说明书中,使用“中部”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”等指示方位或位置关系的词句以参照附图说明构成要素的位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本说明书和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本公开的限制。构成要素的位置关系可以根据描述各构成要素的方向适当地改变。因此,不局限于在说明书中说明的词句,根据情况可以适当地更换。In this manual, the terms "middle", "upper", "lower", "front", "back", "vertical", "horizontal", "top", "bottom", "inner" and "outer" are used. The use of words and phrases indicating orientation or positional relationship to describe the positional relationship of constituent elements with reference to the drawings is only for the convenience of describing this specification and simplifying the description, and does not indicate or imply that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation or be in a specific manner. orientation construction and operation and therefore should not be construed as limitations of the present disclosure. The positional relationship of the constituent elements can be appropriately changed depending on the direction in which each constituent element is described. Therefore, they are not limited to the words and phrases described in the specification, and may be appropriately replaced according to circumstances.
在本说明书中,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”应做广义理解。例如,可以是固定连接,或可拆卸连接,或一体地连接;可以是机械连接,或电连接;可以是直接相连,或通过中间件间接相连,或两个元件内部的连通。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言,可以根据情况理解上述术语在本公开中的含义。In this manual, unless otherwise expressly stated and limited, the terms "installation", "connection" and "connection" should be understood in a broad sense. For example, it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection; it can be a mechanical connection, or an electrical connection; it can be a direct connection, an indirect connection through an intermediate piece, or an internal connection between two elements. For those of ordinary skill in the art, the meanings of the above terms in this disclosure can be understood according to the circumstances.
在本说明书中,晶体管是指至少包括栅电极、漏电极以及源电极这三个端子的元件。晶体管在漏电极(漏电极端子、漏区域或漏极)与源电极(源电极端子、源区域或源极)之间具有沟道区域,并且电流能够流过漏电极、沟道区域以及源电极。在本说明书中,沟道区域是指电流主要流过的区域。In this specification, a transistor refers to an element including at least three terminals: a gate electrode, a drain electrode, and a source electrode. The transistor has a channel region between a drain electrode (drain electrode terminal, drain region, or drain electrode) and a source electrode (source electrode terminal, source region, or source electrode), and current can flow through the drain electrode, channel region, and source electrode . In this specification, the channel region refers to a region through which current mainly flows.
在本说明书中,第一极可以为漏电极、第二极可以为源电极,或者第一极可以为源电极、第二极可以为漏电极。在使用极性相反的晶体管的情况或电路工作中的电流方向变化的情况等下,“源电极”及“漏电极”的功能有时可以互相调换。因此,在本说明书中,“源电极”和“漏电极”可以互相调换,“源端”和“漏端”可以互相调换。In this specification, the first electrode may be a drain electrode and the second electrode may be a source electrode, or the first electrode may be a source electrode and the second electrode may be a drain electrode. When transistors with opposite polarities are used or when the direction of current changes during circuit operation, the functions of the "source electrode" and the "drain electrode" may be interchanged with each other. Therefore, in this specification, "source electrode" and "drain electrode" can be interchanged with each other, and "source terminal" and "drain terminal" can be interchanged with each other.
在本说明书中,“电连接”包括构成要素通过具有某种电作用的元件连接在一起的情况。“具有某种电作用的元件”只要可以进行连接的构成要素间的电信号的传输,就对其没有特别的限制。“具有某种电作用的元件”的例子不仅包括电极和布线,而且还包括晶体管等开关元件、电阻器、电感器、电容器、其它具有各种功能的元件等。In this specification, "electrical connection" includes a case where constituent elements are connected together through an element having some electrical effect. There is no particular limitation on the "element having some electrical function" as long as it can transmit electrical signals between connected components. Examples of "elements having some electrical function" include not only electrodes and wiring, but also switching elements such as transistors, resistors, inductors, capacitors, and other elements with various functions.
在本说明书中,“平行”是指两条直线形成的角度为-10°以上且10°以下的状态,因此,也包括该角度为-5°以上且5°以下的状态。另外,“垂直”是指两条直线形成的角度为80°以上且100°以下的状态,因此,也包括85°以上且95°以下的角度的状态。In this specification, "parallel" refers to a state in which the angle formed by two straight lines is -10° or more and 10° or less. Therefore, it also includes a state in which the angle is -5° or more and 5° or less. In addition, "vertical" refers to a state where the angle formed by two straight lines is 80° or more and 100° or less, and therefore includes an angle of 85° or more and 95° or less.
在本说明书中,“膜”和“层”可以相互调换。例如,有时可以将“导电层”换成为“导电膜”。与此同样,有时可以将“绝缘膜”换成为“绝缘层”。In this specification, "film" and "layer" may be interchanged. For example, "conductive layer" may sometimes be replaced by "conductive film." Similarly, "insulating film" may sometimes be replaced by "insulating layer".
本说明书中三角形、矩形、梯形、五边形或六边形等并非严格意义上的,可以是近似三角形、矩形、梯形、五边形或六边形等,可以存在公差导致的一些小变形,可以存在导角、弧边以及变形等。The triangles, rectangles, trapezoids, pentagons or hexagons in this specification are not strictly speaking. They can be approximate triangles, rectangles, trapezoids, pentagons or hexagons, etc. There may be some small deformations caused by tolerances. There can be leading angles, arc edges, deformations, etc.
本公开中的“约”,是指不严格限定界限,允许工艺和测量误差范围内的数值。The word “approximately” in this disclosure refers to a value that does not strictly limit the limit and allows for process and measurement errors.
图1为一种电子装置的结构示意图。如图1所示,电子装置可以包括时序控制器、数据信号驱动器、扫描信号驱动器、发光信号驱动器和像素阵列,时序控制器可以与数据信号驱动器、扫描信号驱动器和发光信号驱动器连接,数据信号驱动器可以与多个数据信号线(D1到Dn)连接,扫描信号驱动器可以与多个扫描信号线(S1到Sm)连接,发光信号驱动器可以与多个发光信号线(E1到Eo)连接。像素阵列可以包括多个子像素Pxij,i和j可以是自然数,至少一个子像素Pxij可以包括电路单元和与电路单元连接的发光器件,电路单元可以包括像素驱动电路,像素驱动电路与扫描信号线、数据信号线和发光信号线连接。在示例性实施方式中,时序控制器可以将适合于数据信号驱动器的规格的灰度 值和控制信号提供到数据信号驱动器,可以将适合于扫描信号驱动器的规格的时钟信号、扫描起始信号等提供到扫描信号驱动器,可以将适合于发光信号驱动器的规格的时钟信号、发射停止信号等提供到发光信号驱动器。数据信号驱动器可以利用从时序控制器接收的灰度值和控制信号来产生将提供到数据信号线D1、D2、D3、……和Dn的数据电压。例如,数据信号驱动器可以利用时钟信号对灰度值进行采样,并且以像素行为单位将与灰度值对应的数据电压施加到数据信号线D1至Dn,n可以是自然数。扫描信号驱动器可以通过从时序控制器接收时钟信号、扫描起始信号等来产生将提供到扫描信号线S1、S2、S3、……和Sm的扫描信号。例如,扫描信号驱动器可以将具有导通电平脉冲的扫描信号顺序地提供到扫描信号线S1至Sm。例如,扫描信号驱动器可以被构造为移位寄存器的形式,并且可以在时钟信号的控制下顺序地将以导通电平脉冲形式提供的扫描起始信号传输到下一级电路的方式产生扫描信号,m可以是自然数。发光信号驱动器可以通过从时序控制器接收时钟信号、发射停止信号等来产生将提供到发光信号线E1、E2、E3、……和Eo的发射信号。例如,发光信号驱动器可以将具有截止电平脉冲的发射信号顺序地提供到发光信号线E1至Eo。例如,发光信号驱动器可以被构造为移位寄存器的形式,并且可以在时钟信号的控制下顺序地将以截止电平脉冲形式提供的发射停止信号传输到下一级电路的方式产生发射信号,o可以是自然数。Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device. As shown in Figure 1, the electronic device may include a timing controller, a data signal driver, a scanning signal driver, a luminescence signal driver, and a pixel array. The timing controller may be connected to the data signal driver, the scanning signal driver, and the luminescence signal driver. The data signal driver It can be connected to multiple data signal lines (D1 to Dn), the scan signal driver can be connected to multiple scan signal lines (S1 to Sm), and the light emitting signal driver can be connected to multiple light emitting signal lines (E1 to Eo). The pixel array may include a plurality of sub-pixels Pxij, i and j may be natural numbers, and at least one sub-pixel Pxij may include a circuit unit and a light-emitting device connected to the circuit unit. The circuit unit may include a pixel driving circuit, and the pixel driving circuit is connected to a scanning signal line, The data signal line and the light-emitting signal line are connected. In an exemplary embodiment, the timing controller may change the gray scale appropriate to the specifications of the data signal driver. Values and control signals are supplied to the data signal driver. A clock signal, a scan start signal, etc. suitable for the specifications of the scan signal driver can be supplied to the scan signal driver. A clock signal, emission stop signal, etc. suitable for the specifications of the light emitting signal driver can be supplied to the scan signal driver. etc. are provided to the light-emitting signal driver. The data signal driver may generate data voltages to be provided to the data signal lines D1, D2, D3, . . . and Dn using the grayscale values and control signals received from the timing controller. For example, the data signal driver may sample the grayscale value using a clock signal and apply a data voltage corresponding to the grayscale value to the data signal lines D1 to Dn in units of pixel rows, where n may be a natural number. The scan signal driver may generate scan signals to be supplied to the scan signal lines S1, S2, S3, . . . and Sm by receiving a clock signal, a scan start signal, and the like from the timing controller. For example, the scan signal driver may sequentially supply scan signals having on-level pulses to the scan signal lines S1 to Sm. For example, the scan signal driver may be configured in the form of a shift register, and may generate the scan signal in a manner that sequentially transmits a scan start signal provided in the form of an on-level pulse to a next-stage circuit under the control of a clock signal , m can be a natural number. The light-emitting signal driver may generate emission signals to be provided to the light-emitting signal lines E1, E2, E3, . . . and Eo by receiving a clock signal, an emission stop signal, or the like from the timing controller. For example, the light-emitting signal driver may sequentially provide emission signals with off-level pulses to the light-emitting signal lines E1 to Eo. For example, the light-emitting signal driver may be configured in the form of a shift register, and may generate the emission signal in a manner that sequentially transmits an emission stop signal provided in the form of a cut-off level pulse to a next-stage circuit under the control of a clock signal, o Can be a natural number.
图2为一种像素驱动电路的等效电路示意图。在示例性实施方式中,像素驱动电路可以是3T1C、4T1C、5T1C、5T2C、6T1C或7T1C结构。如图2所示,像素驱动电路可以包括7个晶体管(晶体管T1到第七晶体管T7)、1个存储电容C,像素驱动电路与7个信号线(数据信号线D、第一扫描信号线S1、第二扫描信号线S2、发光信号线E、初始信号线INIT、第一电源线VDD和第二电源线VSS)连接。Figure 2 is an equivalent circuit schematic diagram of a pixel driving circuit. In exemplary embodiments, the pixel driving circuit may be a 3T1C, 4T1C, 5T1C, 5T2C, 6T1C or 7T1C structure. As shown in Figure 2, the pixel driving circuit may include 7 transistors (transistors T1 to seventh transistors T7), 1 storage capacitor C, the pixel driving circuit and 7 signal lines (data signal line D, first scanning signal line S1 , the second scanning signal line S2, the light-emitting signal line E, the initial signal line INIT, the first power supply line VDD and the second power supply line VSS) are connected.
在示例性实施方式中,像素驱动电路可以包括第一节点N1、第二节点N2和第三节点N3。其中,第一节点N1可以与第三晶体管T3的第一极、第四晶体管T4的第二极和第五晶体管T5的第二极连接,第二节点N2可以与第一晶体管T1的第二极、第二晶体管T2的第一极、第三晶体管T3的控制极和存储电容C的第二端连接,第三节点N3可以与第二晶体管T2的第二极、第三晶体管T3的第二极和第六晶体管T6的第一极连接。In an exemplary embodiment, the pixel driving circuit may include a first node N1, a second node N2, and a third node N3. The first node N1 may be connected to the first pole of the third transistor T3, the second pole of the fourth transistor T4 and the second pole of the fifth transistor T5, and the second node N2 may be connected to the second pole of the first transistor T1. , the first electrode of the second transistor T2 and the control electrode of the third transistor T3 are connected to the second end of the storage capacitor C. The third node N3 can be connected to the second electrode of the second transistor T2 and the second electrode of the third transistor T3. is connected to the first pole of the sixth transistor T6.
在示例性实施方式中,存储电容C的第一端与第一电源线VDD连接,存储电容C的第二端与第二节点N2连接,即存储电容C的第二端与第三晶体管T3的控制极连接。In an exemplary embodiment, the first end of the storage capacitor C is connected to the first power line VDD, and the second end of the storage capacitor C is connected to the second node N2, that is, the second end of the storage capacitor C is connected to the third transistor T3. Control pole connection.
第一晶体管T1的控制极与第二扫描信号线S2连接,第一晶体管T1的第一极与初始信号线INIT连接,第一晶体管的第二极与第二节点N2连接。当导通电平扫描信号施加到第二扫描信号线S2时,第一晶体管T1将初始化电压传输到第三晶体管T3的控制极,以使第三晶体管T3的控制极的电荷量初始化。The control electrode of the first transistor T1 is connected to the second scanning signal line S2, the first electrode of the first transistor T1 is connected to the initial signal line INIT, and the second electrode of the first transistor T1 is connected to the second node N2. When the on-level scanning signal is applied to the second scanning signal line S2, the first transistor T1 transmits the initializing voltage to the control electrode of the third transistor T3 to initialize the charge amount of the control electrode of the third transistor T3.
第二晶体管T2的控制极与第一扫描信号线S1连接,第二晶体管T2的第一极与第二节点N2连接,第二晶体管T2的第二极与第三节点N3连接。当导通电平扫描信号施加到第一扫描信号线S1时,第二晶体管T2使第三晶体管T3的控制极与第二极连接。The control electrode of the second transistor T2 is connected to the first scanning signal line S1, the first electrode of the second transistor T2 is connected to the second node N2, and the second electrode of the second transistor T2 is connected to the third node N3. When the on-level scanning signal is applied to the first scanning signal line S1, the second transistor T2 connects the control electrode of the third transistor T3 to the second electrode.
第三晶体管T3的控制极与第二节点N2连接,即第三晶体管T3的控制极与存储电容C的第二端连接,第三晶体管T3的第一极与第一节点N1连接,第三晶体管T3的第二极与第三节点N3连接。第三晶体管T3可以称为驱动晶体管,第三晶体管T3根据其控制极与第一极之间的电位差来确定在第一电源线VDD与第二电源线VSS之间流动的驱动电流的量。The control electrode of the third transistor T3 is connected to the second node N2, that is, the control electrode of the third transistor T3 is connected to the second end of the storage capacitor C, and the first electrode of the third transistor T3 is connected to the first node N1. The second pole of T3 is connected to the third node N3. The third transistor T3 may be called a driving transistor, and the third transistor T3 determines the amount of the driving current flowing between the first power supply line VDD and the second power supply line VSS according to the potential difference between its control electrode and the first electrode.
第四晶体管T4的控制极与第一扫描信号线S1连接,第四晶体管T4的第一极与数据信号线D连接,第四晶体管T4的第二极与第一节点N1连接。第四晶体管T4可以称为 开关晶体管、扫描晶体管等,当导通电平扫描信号施加到第一扫描信号线S1时,第四晶体管T4使数据信号线D的数据电压输入到像素驱动电路。The control electrode of the fourth transistor T4 is connected to the first scanning signal line S1, the first electrode of the fourth transistor T4 is connected to the data signal line D, and the second electrode of the fourth transistor T4 is connected to the first node N1. The fourth transistor T4 can be called When the on-level scan signal is applied to the first scan signal line S1, the fourth transistor T4 causes the data voltage of the data signal line D to be input to the pixel drive circuit.
第五晶体管T5的控制极与发光信号线E连接,第五晶体管T5的第一极与第一电源线VDD连接,第五晶体管T5的第二极与第一节点N1连接。第六晶体管T6的控制极与发光信号线E连接,第六晶体管T6的第一极与第三节点N3连接,第六晶体管T6的第二极与发光器件的第一极连接。第五晶体管T5和第六晶体管T6可以称为发光晶体管。当导通电平发光信号施加到发光信号线E时,第五晶体管T5和第六晶体管T6通过在第一电源线VDD与第二电源线VSS之间形成驱动电流路径而使发光器件发光。The control electrode of the fifth transistor T5 is connected to the light-emitting signal line E, the first electrode of the fifth transistor T5 is connected to the first power supply line VDD, and the second electrode of the fifth transistor T5 is connected to the first node N1. The control electrode of the sixth transistor T6 is connected to the light-emitting signal line E, the first electrode of the sixth transistor T6 is connected to the third node N3, and the second electrode of the sixth transistor T6 is connected to the first electrode of the light-emitting device. The fifth transistor T5 and the sixth transistor T6 may be called light emitting transistors. When the on-level light-emitting signal is applied to the light-emitting signal line E, the fifth and sixth transistors T5 and T6 cause the light-emitting device to emit light by forming a driving current path between the first power supply line VDD and the second power supply line VSS.
第七晶体管T7的控制极与第二扫描信号线S2连接,第七晶体管T7的第一极与初始信号线INIT连接,第七晶体管T7的第二极与发光器件的第一极连接。当导通电平扫描信号施加到第二扫描信号线S2时,第七晶体管T7将初始化电压传输到发光器件的第一极,以使发光器件的第一极中累积的电荷量初始化或释放发光器件的第一极中累积的电荷量。The control electrode of the seventh transistor T7 is connected to the second scanning signal line S2, the first electrode of the seventh transistor T7 is connected to the initial signal line INIT, and the second electrode of the seventh transistor T7 is connected to the first electrode of the light-emitting device. When the on-level scan signal is applied to the second scan signal line S2, the seventh transistor T7 transmits the initializing voltage to the first pole of the light-emitting device, so that the amount of charge accumulated in the first pole of the light-emitting device is initialized or released to emit light. The amount of charge accumulated in the first pole of the device.
在示例性实施方式中,发光器件可以是OLED,包括叠设的第一极(阳极)、有机发光层和第二极(阴极),或者可以是QLED,包括叠设的第一极(阳极)、量子点发光层和第二极(阴极)。In an exemplary embodiment, the light-emitting device may be an OLED including a stacked first electrode (anode), an organic light-emitting layer, and a second electrode (cathode), or may be a QLED including a stacked first electrode (anode) , quantum dot light-emitting layer and second electrode (cathode).
在示例性实施方式中,发光器件的第二极与第二电源线VSS连接,第二电源线VSS的信号为低电平信号,第一电源线VDD的信号为持续提供高电平信号。In an exemplary embodiment, the second pole of the light-emitting device is connected to the second power line VSS, the signal of the second power line VSS is a low-level signal, and the signal of the first power line VDD continuously provides a high-level signal.
在示例性实施方式中,晶体管T1到第七晶体管T7可以是P型晶体管,或者可以是N型晶体管。像素驱动电路中采用相同类型的晶体管可以简化工艺流程,减少显示面板的工艺难度,提高产品的良率。在一些可能的实现方式中,第一晶体管T1到第七晶体管T7可以包括P型晶体管和N型晶体管。In an exemplary embodiment, the transistors T1 to T7 may be P-type transistors, or may be N-type transistors. Using the same type of transistors in the pixel drive circuit can simplify the process flow, reduce the process difficulty of the display panel, and improve the product yield. In some possible implementations, the first to seventh transistors T1 to T7 may include P-type transistors and N-type transistors.
在示例性实施方式中,第一晶体管T1到第七晶体管T7可以采用低温多晶硅薄膜晶体管,或者可以采用氧化物薄膜晶体管,或者可以采用低温多晶硅薄膜晶体管和氧化物薄膜晶体管。低温多晶硅薄膜晶体管的有源层采用低温多晶硅(Low Temperature Poly-Silicon,简称LTPS),氧化物薄膜晶体管的有源层采用氧化物半导体(Oxide)。低温多晶硅薄膜晶体管具有迁移率高、充电快等优点,氧化物薄膜晶体管具有漏电流低等优点,将低温多晶硅薄膜晶体管和氧化物薄膜晶体管集成在一个显示基板上,形成低温多晶氧化物(Low Temperature Polycrystalline Oxide,简称LTPO)显示基板,可以利用两者的优势,可以实现低频驱动,可以降低功耗,可以提高显示品质。In an exemplary embodiment, the first to seventh transistors T1 to T7 may employ low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors, or may employ oxide thin film transistors, or may employ low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors and oxide thin film transistors. The active layer of low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors uses low temperature polysilicon (LTPS), and the active layer of oxide thin film transistors uses oxide semiconductor (Oxide). Low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors have the advantages of high mobility and fast charging, and oxide thin film transistors have the advantages of low leakage current. Low-temperature polysilicon thin film transistors and oxide thin film transistors are integrated on a display substrate to form low-temperature polycrystalline oxide (Low Temperature Polycrystalline Oxide (LTPO for short) display substrate can take advantage of the advantages of both to achieve low-frequency driving, reduce power consumption, and improve display quality.
在示例性实施方式中,发光器件可以是有机电致发光二极管(OLED),包括叠设的第一极(阳极)、有机发光层和第二极(阴极)。In an exemplary embodiment, the light-emitting device may be an organic electroluminescent diode (OLED) including a stacked first electrode (anode), an organic light-emitting layer, and a second electrode (cathode).
在示例性实施方式中,以图2所示像素驱动电路中的7个晶体管均为P型晶体管为例,像素驱动电路的工作过程可以包括:In an exemplary implementation, taking the seven transistors in the pixel driving circuit shown in Figure 2 as all P-type transistors as an example, the working process of the pixel driving circuit may include:
第一阶段A1,称为复位阶段,第二扫描信号线S2的信号为低电平信号,第一扫描信号线S1和发光信号线E的信号为高电平信号。第二扫描信号线S2的信号为低电平信号,使第一晶体管T1和第七晶体管T7导通。第一晶体管T1导通使得初始信号线INIT的初始电压提供至第二节点N2,对存储电容C进行初始化(复位),清除存储电容中原有数据电压。第七晶体管T7导通使得初始信号线INIT的初始电压提供至OLED的第一极,对OLED的第一极进行初始化(复位),清空其内部的预存电压,完成初始化,确保OLED不发光。第一扫描信号线S1和发光信号线E的信号为高电平信号,使第二晶体管T2、第四晶体管T4、第五晶体管T5和第六晶体管T6断开。 The first phase A1 is called the reset phase. The signal of the second scanning signal line S2 is a low-level signal, and the signals of the first scanning signal line S1 and the light-emitting signal line E are high-level signals. The signal of the second scanning signal line S2 is a low-level signal, causing the first transistor T1 and the seventh transistor T7 to be turned on. The first transistor T1 is turned on so that the initial voltage of the initial signal line INIT is provided to the second node N2, which initializes (resets) the storage capacitor C and clears the original data voltage in the storage capacitor. The seventh transistor T7 is turned on so that the initial voltage of the initial signal line INIT is provided to the first pole of the OLED, initializing (resetting) the first pole of the OLED, clearing its internal pre-stored voltage, completing the initialization, and ensuring that the OLED does not emit light. The signals of the first scanning signal line S1 and the light-emitting signal line E are high-level signals, causing the second transistor T2, the fourth transistor T4, the fifth transistor T5 and the sixth transistor T6 to turn off.
第二阶段A2,称为数据写入阶段或者阈值补偿阶段,第一扫描信号线S1的信号为低电平信号,第二扫描信号线S2和发光信号线E的信号为高电平信号,数据信号线D输出数据电压。此阶段由于存储电容C的第二端为低电平,因此第三晶体管T3导通。第一扫描信号线S1的信号为低电平信号使第二晶体管T2和第四晶体管T4导通。第二晶体管T2和第四晶体管T4导通使得数据信号线D输出的数据电压经过第一节点N1、导通的第三晶体管T3、第三节点N3、导通的第二晶体管T2提供至第二节点N2,并将数据信号线D输出的数据电压与第三晶体管T3的阈值电压之差充入存储电容C,存储电容C的第二端(第二节点N2)的电压为Vd-|Vth|,Vd为数据信号线D输出的数据电压,Vth为第三晶体管T3的阈值电压。第二扫描信号线S2的信号为高电平信号,使第一晶体管T1和第七晶体管T7断开。发光信号线E的信号为高电平信号,使第五晶体管T5和第六晶体管T6断开。The second stage A2 is called the data writing stage or the threshold compensation stage. The signal of the first scanning signal line S1 is a low-level signal, the signals of the second scanning signal line S2 and the light-emitting signal line E are high-level signals, and the data The signal line D outputs the data voltage. At this stage, since the second terminal of the storage capacitor C is at a low level, the third transistor T3 is turned on. The signal of the first scanning signal line S1 is a low-level signal, causing the second transistor T2 and the fourth transistor T4 to be turned on. The second transistor T2 and the fourth transistor T4 are turned on so that the data voltage output by the data signal line D is provided to the second transistor through the first node N1, the turned-on third transistor T3, the third node N3, and the turned-on second transistor T2. Node N2, and the difference between the data voltage output by the data signal line D and the threshold voltage of the third transistor T3 is charged into the storage capacitor C. The voltage at the second end (second node N2) of the storage capacitor C is Vd-|Vth| , Vd is the data voltage output by the data signal line D, and Vth is the threshold voltage of the third transistor T3. The signal of the second scanning signal line S2 is a high-level signal, causing the first transistor T1 and the seventh transistor T7 to be turned off. The signal of the light-emitting signal line E is a high-level signal, causing the fifth transistor T5 and the sixth transistor T6 to be turned off.
第三阶段A3,称为发光阶段,发光信号线E的信号为低电平信号,第一扫描信号线S1和第二扫描信号线S2的信号为高电平信号。发光信号线E的信号为低电平信号,使第五晶体管T5和第六晶体管T6导通,第一电源线VDD输出的电源电压通过导通的第五晶体管T5、第三晶体管T3和第六晶体管T6向OLED的第一极提供驱动电压,驱动OLED发光。The third stage A3 is called the light-emitting stage. The signal of the light-emitting signal line E is a low-level signal, and the signals of the first scanning signal line S1 and the second scanning signal line S2 are high-level signals. The signal of the light-emitting signal line E is a low-level signal, causing the fifth transistor T5 and the sixth transistor T6 to be turned on. The power supply voltage output by the first power supply line VDD passes through the turned-on fifth transistor T5, the third transistor T3 and the sixth transistor T6. The transistor T6 provides a driving voltage to the first pole of the OLED to drive the OLED to emit light.
在像素驱动电路驱动过程中,流过第三晶体管T3(驱动晶体管)的驱动电流由其栅电极和第一极之间的电压差决定。由于第二节点N2的电压为Vdata-|Vth|,因而第三晶体管T3的驱动电流为:
I=K*(Vgs-Vth)2=K*[(Vdd-Vd+|Vth|)-Vth]2=K*(Vdd-Vd)2
During the driving process of the pixel driving circuit, the driving current flowing through the third transistor T3 (driving transistor) is determined by the voltage difference between its gate electrode and the first electrode. Since the voltage of the second node N2 is Vdata-|Vth|, the driving current of the third transistor T3 is:
I=K*(Vgs-Vth)2=K*[(Vdd-Vd+|Vth|)-Vth]2=K*(Vdd-Vd)2
其中,I为流过第三晶体管T3的驱动电流,也就是驱动OLED的驱动电流,K为常数,Vgs为第三晶体管T3的栅电极和第一极之间的电压差,Vth为第三晶体管T3的阈值电压,Vd为数据信号线D输出的数据电压,Vdd为第一电源线VDD输出的电源电压。Among them, I is the driving current flowing through the third transistor T3, that is, the driving current that drives the OLED, K is a constant, Vgs is the voltage difference between the gate electrode and the first electrode of the third transistor T3, and Vth is the third transistor T3. For the threshold voltage of T3, Vd is the data voltage output by the data signal line D, and Vdd is the power supply voltage output by the first power supply line VDD.
量子点材料的发光光谱的线宽通常小于20nm,可以保证较广的显示色域范围,呈现更有层次和更细腻的画质效果,作为一种无机材料,量子点材料的使用寿命也更长,可基于喷墨打印、旋涂等工艺进行制备,可以降低蒸镀工艺带来的高成本。一些技术中,在显示装置中采用OLED+QD的发光形式,利用蓝色单色背光源对红色量子点(RQD)材料和绿色量子点(GQD)材料进行激发,从而实现出射白光。The line width of the luminescence spectrum of quantum dot materials is usually less than 20nm, which can ensure a wider display color gamut and present a more layered and delicate image quality effect. As an inorganic material, quantum dot materials also have a longer service life. , can be prepared based on inkjet printing, spin coating and other processes, which can reduce the high cost caused by the evaporation process. In some technologies, the OLED+QD luminescence form is used in the display device, and a blue monochromatic backlight is used to excite the red quantum dot (RQD) material and the green quantum dot (GQD) material to achieve the emission of white light.
经本申请发明人研究发现,在采用OLED+QD的显示装置中,随着视角的变化,红光和绿光的亮度衰减与蓝光的亮度衰减存在差异,这种亮度差异使得显示装置存在白光色彩偏差。由于量子点材料本身朗伯出射的特性,在发光时光线会向四面八方射出,GQD和RQD的亮度衰减随视角变化的程度很小,而蓝光背光源发出光线的亮度衰减随视角变化的程度很大,这种亮度衰减的不均衡使得显示装置存在白光色偏。并且,这种显示装置的整体出光效率不高,影响用户体验。Through research, the inventor of the present application found that in a display device using OLED+QD, as the viewing angle changes, there is a difference in the brightness attenuation of red light and green light and the brightness attenuation of blue light. This difference in brightness causes the display device to have a white light color deviation. Due to the Lambertian emission characteristics of the quantum dot material itself, light will be emitted in all directions when emitting light. The brightness attenuation of GQD and RQD changes with the viewing angle is very small, while the brightness attenuation of the light emitted by the blue light backlight changes with the viewing angle to a large extent. , this uneven brightness attenuation causes the display device to have a white light color cast. Moreover, the overall light extraction efficiency of this display device is not high, which affects the user experience.
图3为本公开一种显示基板的平面结构示意图。如图3所示,显示基板可以包括以矩阵方式排布的多个像素单元P,多个像素单元P的至少一个包括出射第一颜色光线的第一子像素P1、出射第二颜色光线的第二子像素P2和出射第三颜色光线的第三子像素P3,第一子像素P1、第二子像素P2和第三子像素P3均包括像素驱动电路和发光器件。第一子像素P1、第二子像素P2和第三子像素P3中的像素驱动电路单独与扫描信号线、数据信号线和发光信号线连接,像素驱动电路被配置为在扫描信号线和发光信号线的控制下,接收数据信号线传输的数据电压,向所述发光器件输出相应的电流。第一子像素P1、第二子像素P2和第三子像素P3中的发光器件分别与所在子像素的像素驱动电路连接,发 光器件被配置为响应所在子像素的像素驱动电路输出的电流发出相应亮度的光。FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view of a display substrate according to the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 3 , the display substrate may include a plurality of pixel units P arranged in a matrix. At least one of the plurality of pixel units P includes a first sub-pixel P1 that emits light of a first color, a third sub-pixel that emits light of a second color. The second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 that emit light of the third color, the first sub-pixel P1, the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 all include a pixel driving circuit and a light-emitting device. The pixel driving circuits in the first sub-pixel P1, the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 are individually connected to the scanning signal line, the data signal line and the light-emitting signal line, and the pixel driving circuit is configured to connect the scanning signal line and the light-emitting signal line. Under the control of the data signal line, the data voltage transmitted by the data signal line is received, and a corresponding current is output to the light-emitting device. The light-emitting devices in the first sub-pixel P1, the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 are respectively connected to the pixel driving circuit of the corresponding sub-pixel to generate The optical device is configured to emit light with corresponding brightness in response to the current output by the pixel driving circuit of the sub-pixel.
在示例性实施方式中,像素单元P中可以包括红色(R)子像素、绿色(G)子像素和蓝色(B)子像素。在示例性实施方式中,像素单元中子像素的形状可以是矩形状、菱形、五边形或六边形。三个子像素可以采用水平并列、竖直并列或品字方式排列,或者可以采用Real RGB、SRGB以及类diamond等排布方式,本公开在此不做限定。在示例性实施方式中,像素单元P中可以设置蓝色发光器件,在第一子像素P1远离基底的一侧可以对应设置透光层,在第二子像素P2远离基底的一侧可以对应设置绿色量子点层,在第三子像素P3远离基底的一侧可以对应设置红色量子点层,蓝色发光器件发出的光线在经过不同颜色的量子点层及透光层后,对应第一子像素P1的区域可以出射蓝色光线,对应第二子像素P2的区域可以出射绿色光线,对应第三子像素P3的区域可以出射红色光线。可以根据需要设置第一子像素P1、第二子像素P2和第三子像素P3的发光颜色,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the pixel unit P may include red (R) sub-pixels, green (G) sub-pixels, and blue (B) sub-pixels. In exemplary embodiments, the shape of the sub-pixels in the pixel unit may be rectangular, rhombus, pentagon or hexagon. The three sub-pixels can be arranged horizontally, vertically or vertically, or they can be arranged in Real RGB, SRGB or diamond-like arrangements. This disclosure is not limited here. In an exemplary embodiment, a blue light-emitting device may be provided in the pixel unit P, a light-transmitting layer may be provided correspondingly on the side of the first sub-pixel P1 away from the substrate, and a corresponding light-transmitting layer may be provided on the side of the second sub-pixel P2 away from the substrate. For the green quantum dot layer, a red quantum dot layer can be set correspondingly on the side of the third sub-pixel P3 away from the substrate. The light emitted by the blue light-emitting device corresponds to the first sub-pixel after passing through the quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer of different colors. The area P1 can emit blue light, the area corresponding to the second sub-pixel P2 can emit green light, and the area corresponding to the third sub-pixel P3 can emit red light. The emission colors of the first sub-pixel P1, the second sub-pixel P2 and the third sub-pixel P3 can be set as needed, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
本公开实施例提供一种显示基板,包括:基底、设置在所述基底上的显示结构层、设置在所述显示结构层远离所述基底一侧的光转换层以及设置在所述光转换层远离所述基底一侧的光处理层;所述光转换层至少包括红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层,所述光处理层包括多个提高出光效率的光处理结构和设置在所述光处理结构远离所述基底一侧的覆盖层,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构的折射率大于所述覆盖层的折射率。Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a display substrate, including: a substrate, a display structure layer provided on the substrate, a light conversion layer provided on a side of the display structure layer away from the substrate, and a light conversion layer provided on the side of the display structure layer away from the substrate. The light processing layer on the side away from the substrate; the light conversion layer at least includes a red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer; the light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency and is arranged on The light processing structure is away from the covering layer on the side of the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the An orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps an orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the cover layer.
本公开实施例提出的显示基板,通过在光转换层远离基底的一侧设置光处理层,光处理层包括多个提高出光效率的光处理结构和设置在光处理结构远离基底一侧的覆盖层,光处理结构的折射率大于覆盖层的折射率,光处理结构在基底上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,光处理结构在基底上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底上的正投影至少部分交叠。通过光处理结构提高红色量子点层、绿色量子点层的出光效率,能够增加红色量子点层、绿色量子点层的光线亮度随视角变化的衰减程度,解决了采用OLED+QD的显示装置的白光色偏问题。The display substrate proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure disposes a light processing layer on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate. The light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency and a covering layer disposed on the side of the light processing structure away from the substrate. , the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the covering layer, the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate overlaps with the green Orthographic projections of the quantum dot layers onto the substrate at least partially overlap. Improving the light extraction efficiency of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer through the light processing structure can increase the degree of attenuation of the light brightness of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer as the viewing angle changes, solving the problem of white light in display devices using OLED+QD Color cast problem.
一示例性实施例中,所述光处理结构包括第一光处理结构,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the light processing structure includes a first light processing structure, and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate, The orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate.
一示例性实施例中,设置在所述红色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构和设置在所述绿色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构间隔设置。In an exemplary embodiment, the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are spaced apart.
一示例性实施例中,设置在所述红色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构和设置在所述绿色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构为相互连接的一体结构。In an exemplary embodiment, the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other.
一示例性实施例中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第一光处理结构的截面形状为梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,所述梯形的尺寸关系满足:0.65微米<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99微米。In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure is a trapezoid, the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1. , the size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.65 micron<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99 micron.
一示例性实施例中,所述光转换层还包括第一黑矩阵,所述第一黑矩阵设置在红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层之间;所述光处理结构包括第二光处理结构,所述第二光处理结构设置在所述光转换层远离所述基底的一侧,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述第一黑矩阵在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠;所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述透光层在所述基底上的正投影不存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer; the light processing structure includes a first black matrix. Two light processing structures, the second light processing structure is disposed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate is in line with the first black matrix. The orthographic projection on the substrate at least partially overlaps; the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate does not overlap with the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate.
一示例性实施例中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第二光处理结构的截面形状为 梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G2,下底的长度为E2,高为F2,所述梯形的几何尺寸关系满足:0.766微米<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939微米。In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure is Trapezoidal, the length of the upper bottom of the trapezoid is G2, the length of the lower bottom is E2, and the height is F2. The geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.766 microns < (F2/((E2-G2)/2)) <0.939 Micron.
一示例性实施例中,所述光转换层还包括第一黑矩阵,所述第一黑矩阵设置在红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层之间;所述光处理结构包括第一光处理结构和第二光处理结构,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述红色量子点层和所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述第一黑矩阵在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述透光层在所述基底上的正投影不存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer; the light processing structure includes a first black matrix. A light processing structure and a second light processing structure, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, so The orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate. There is no overlap in the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate.
一示例性实施例中,所述第一光处理结构位于所述第二光处理结构远离所述基底的一侧,所述第二光处理结构的折射率小于所述第一光处理结构的折射率。In an exemplary embodiment, the first light processing structure is located on a side of the second light processing structure away from the substrate, and the refractive index of the second light processing structure is smaller than the refraction of the first light processing structure. Rate.
一示例性实施例中,第一光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.75且小于或等于1.85。In an exemplary embodiment, the refractive index of the first light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
一示例性实施例中,第二光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.42且小于或等于1.53。In an exemplary embodiment, the refractive index of the second light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53.
光处理结构可以只包括第一光处理结构,或者,光处理结构可以只包括第二光处理结构,或者,光处理结构可以包括第一光处理结构和第二光处理结构。在光处理结构只包括第一光处理结构的情况下,来自红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层的光线在入射到第一光处理结构后可以发生折射,使来自红色量子点层的光线向红色量子点层中心偏转,来自绿色量子点层的光线向绿色量子点层中心偏转,实现提高出光效率的作用。在光处理结构只包括第二光处理结构的情况下,来自红色量子点层的光线在入射到第二光处理结构表面后可以反射到红色量子点层中心,来自绿色量子点层的光线在入射到第二光处理结构表面后可以反射到绿色量子点层中心,实现提高出光效率的作用。在光处理结构包括第一光处理结构和第二光处理结构的情况下,第一光处理结构可以位于第二光处理结构远离基底的一侧、第一光处理结构和第二光处理结构可以对应不同颜色的量子点层和第一黑矩阵设置,且第二光处理结构的折射率可以小于第一光处理结构的折射率,在第一光处理结构和第二光处理结构的位置和折射率设计下,来自红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层的光线在入射到第二光处理结构表面后,在第二光处理结构与第一光处理结构的交界面处可以发生全反射,使得来自红色量子点层的光线向红色量子点层中心偏转,来自绿色量子点层的光线向绿色量子点层中心偏转,实现提高出光效率的作用。The light processing structure may include only the first light processing structure, or the light processing structure may include only the second light processing structure, or the light processing structure may include the first light processing structure and the second light processing structure. In the case where the light processing structure only includes the first light processing structure, the light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer can be refracted after being incident on the first light processing structure, causing the light from the red quantum dot layer to move toward the red color. The center of the quantum dot layer is deflected, and the light from the green quantum dot layer is deflected to the center of the green quantum dot layer, thereby improving the light extraction efficiency. In the case where the light processing structure only includes the second light processing structure, the light from the red quantum dot layer can be reflected to the center of the red quantum dot layer after being incident on the surface of the second light processing structure, and the light from the green quantum dot layer can be reflected after being incident on the surface of the second light processing structure. After reaching the surface of the second light treatment structure, it can be reflected to the center of the green quantum dot layer, thereby improving the light extraction efficiency. In the case where the light processing structure includes a first light processing structure and a second light processing structure, the first light processing structure may be located on a side of the second light processing structure away from the substrate, and the first light processing structure and the second light processing structure may Quantum dot layers corresponding to different colors and the first black matrix are arranged, and the refractive index of the second light processing structure can be smaller than the refractive index of the first light processing structure. The position and refraction of the first light processing structure and the second light processing structure Under the efficiency design, after the light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer is incident on the surface of the second light processing structure, total reflection can occur at the interface between the second light processing structure and the first light processing structure, so that the light from the second light processing structure can be completely reflected. The light from the red quantum dot layer is deflected to the center of the red quantum dot layer, and the light from the green quantum dot layer is deflected to the center of the green quantum dot layer, thereby improving the light extraction efficiency.
一示例性实施例中,所述显示结构层包括依次叠设在所述基底上的驱动电路层、发光结构层和封装结构层;其中,所述发光结构层至少包括像素定义层,所述像素定义层上设置有像素开口;所述封装结构层包括多个提高出光效率的第三光处理结构,所述第三光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer includes a driving circuit layer, a light-emitting structure layer and a packaging structure layer that are sequentially stacked on the substrate; wherein the light-emitting structure layer at least includes a pixel definition layer, and the pixel A pixel opening is provided on the definition layer; the packaging structure layer includes a plurality of third light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency, and the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate includes the pixel opening on the substrate. orthographic projection on.
一示例性实施例中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第三光处理结构的截面形状为梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G3,下底的长度为E3,高为F3,所述梯形的几何尺寸关系满足:0.75微米<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9微米。In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure is a trapezoid, the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3, the length of the lower base is E3, and the height is F3. , the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.75 micron<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9 micron.
一示例性实施例中,第三光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.7且小于或等于1.8。In an exemplary embodiment, the refractive index of the third light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8.
一示例性实施例中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述像素开口长度为C,所述第三光处理结构和所述像素开口的尺寸关系满足:C≤G3<E3<C+8微米。In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the length of the pixel opening is C, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C≤G3<E3<C+ 8 microns.
一示例性实施例中,所述量子点层在所述基底上的正投影包含所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投影,所述量子点层在所述基底上的正投影与所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投 影的相邻边之间的距离小于或等于8微米。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate is consistent with the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate. Front projection of pixel openings on the substrate The distance between adjacent edges of the shadow is less than or equal to 8 microns.
一示例性实施例中,相邻的像素开口之间为像素坝,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述像素坝在所述基底上正投影的长度为A,所述红色量子点层截面长度为Dr,所述绿色量子点层截面长度为Dg,位于所述红色量子点层和所述绿色量子点层之间的第一黑矩阵截面长度为Db,Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A。In an exemplary embodiment, there is a pixel dam between adjacent pixel openings. In a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A, and the red quantum dot layer The cross-sectional length is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db, Dr/2+Dg/2+ Db≤A.
图4A为本公开一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图,为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。如图4A所示,在垂直于显示基板的平面上,本公开实施例提供的显示基板可以包括设置在基底10上的显示结构层20、设置在显示结构层20远离基底10一侧的光转换层30、设置在光转换层30远离基底10一侧的光处理层50。FIG. 4A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure, taking the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels. As shown in FIG. 4A , on a plane perpendicular to the display substrate, the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,显示结构层20可以包括依次叠设的驱动电路层、发光结构层和封装结构层。驱动电路层可以包括构成像素驱动电路的多个晶体管和存储电容。发光结构层可以包括像素定义层和发光器件,像素定义层可以包括多个像素开口,像素开口形成发光区,相邻发光区之间为像素坝,发光器件可以包括阳极、有机发光层和阴极,发光器件可以设置为蓝色发光器件。封装结构层可以包括叠设的第一子层、第二子层和第三子层,第一子层和第三子层可以采用无机材料,第二子层可以采用有机材料。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer 20 may include a driving circuit layer, a light emitting structure layer, and a packaging structure layer stacked in sequence. The driving circuit layer may include a plurality of transistors and storage capacitors constituting a pixel driving circuit. The light-emitting structure layer may include a pixel definition layer and a light-emitting device. The pixel definition layer may include a plurality of pixel openings. The pixel openings form a light-emitting area. Between adjacent light-emitting areas are pixel dams. The light-emitting device may include an anode, an organic light-emitting layer and a cathode. The light-emitting device may be configured as a blue light-emitting device. The packaging structure layer may include a stacked first sub-layer, a second sub-layer and a third sub-layer. The first sub-layer and the third sub-layer may be made of inorganic materials, and the second sub-layer may be made of organic materials.
在示例性实施方式中,光转换层30可以至少包括多个第一黑矩阵31和多个量子点层32。多个第一黑矩阵31和多个量子点层32可以设置在显示结构层20远离基底10的一侧,多个第一黑矩阵31可以间隔设置,在相邻的第一黑矩阵31之间形成透光开口,多个量子点层32可以间隔设置,并可以设置在多个透光开口内,例如,单个量子点层32可以设置在单个透光开口内,形成由第一黑矩阵31隔开的量子点层阵列,第一黑矩阵31位于相邻的量子点层32之间。In an exemplary embodiment, the light conversion layer 30 may include at least a plurality of first black matrices 31 and a plurality of quantum dot layers 32 . A plurality of first black matrices 31 and a plurality of quantum dot layers 32 may be disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 , and the plurality of first black matrices 31 may be disposed at intervals between adjacent first black matrices 31 To form light-transmitting openings, multiple quantum dot layers 32 may be spaced apart and may be provided in multiple light-transmitting openings. For example, a single quantum dot layer 32 may be provided in a single light-transmitting opening to form a space separated by the first black matrix 31 . In an open quantum dot layer array, the first black matrix 31 is located between adjacent quantum dot layers 32 .
在示例性实施方式中,显示结构层20可以设置蓝色发光器件,多个量子点层32可以包括发出红色光线的红色量子点层、发出绿色光线的绿色量子点层和透光层,透光层至少可以透过蓝色光线。红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层可以分别与显示结构层20中的蓝色发光器件相对应设置,红色量子点层可以位于红色子像素(第三子像素P3)所在区域,绿色量子点层可以位于绿色子像素(第二子像素P2)所在区域,透光层可以位于蓝色子像素(第一子像素P1)所在区域。蓝色发光器件发出的光线激发红色量子点层后发出红光,蓝色发光器件发出的光线激发绿色量子点层后发出绿光,蓝色发光器件发出的光线经过透光层后仍为蓝光,从而能够利用出射的红光、绿光和蓝光进行图像显示。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer 20 may be provided with a blue light-emitting device, and the plurality of quantum dot layers 32 may include a red quantum dot layer that emits red light, a green quantum dot layer that emits green light, and a light-transmitting layer. The layer is at least transparent to blue light. The red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer can be respectively arranged corresponding to the blue light-emitting device in the display structure layer 20. The red quantum dot layer can be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (third sub-pixel P3) is located. The quantum dot layer may be located in the area where the green sub-pixel (second sub-pixel P2) is located, and the light-transmitting layer may be located in the area where the blue sub-pixel (first sub-pixel P1) is located. The light emitted by the blue light-emitting device excites the red quantum dot layer and emits red light. The light emitted by the blue light-emitting device excites the green quantum dot layer and emits green light. The light emitted by the blue light-emitting device remains blue light after passing through the light-transmitting layer. Thus, the emitted red light, green light and blue light can be used for image display.
在示例性实施方式中,光处理层50可以包括设置在光转换层30远离基底10一侧的多个第一光处理结构51和设置在第一光处理结构51远离基底10一侧的覆盖层52。多个第一光处理结构51可以设置在红色量子点层、绿色量子点层远离基底10的一侧,多个第一光处理结构51的位置可以和多个红色量子点层、多个绿色量子点层的位置一一对应。覆盖层52可以设置在多个第一光处理结构51远离基底10的一侧,覆盖层52可以覆盖多个第一光处理结构51。In an exemplary embodiment, the light processing layer 50 may include a plurality of first light processing structures 51 disposed on a side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 and a covering layer disposed on a side of the first light processing structures 51 away from the substrate 10 52. The plurality of first light processing structures 51 can be disposed on the side of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer away from the substrate 10 . The positions of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 can be in line with the multiple red quantum dot layers and the plurality of green quantum dot layers. The positions of the point layers correspond one to one. The covering layer 52 may be disposed on a side of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 away from the substrate 10 , and the covering layer 52 may cover the plurality of first light processing structures 51 .
在示例性实施方式中,覆盖层52远离基底10一侧的表面可以为平坦化表面。In an exemplary embodiment, the surface of the covering layer 52 on the side away from the substrate 10 may be a planarized surface.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 The orthographic projection at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影。 In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include an orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may Contains the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影可以基本上重合,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影可以基本上重合。在本公开中,“基本上重合”是指不严格限定界限,可以允许公差导致的一些小变形,可以存在导角、弧边以及变形等差别,且允许工艺和测量误差范围内的数值。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide with the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 . The orthographic projection and the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide. In this disclosure, "substantially coincident" means that the limits are not strictly limited, some small deformations caused by tolerances can be allowed, differences such as lead angles, arc edges and deformations can exist, and values within the range of process and measurement errors are allowed.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以与第一黑矩阵31在基底10上的正投影存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向绿色量子点层中心的方向偏转,能够提高子像素的出光效率。在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层中心可以是红色量子点层的几何中心,绿色量子点层中心可以是绿色量子点层的几何中心。在示例性实施方式中,可以根据实际像素形貌或工艺需求设置第一光处理结构51的形状,在平行于显示基板的平面上,第一光处理结构51的形状可以为如下任意一种或多种:三角形、矩形、五边形、六边形、圆形和椭圆形,在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以包括梯形、倒梯形或者蘑菇形(T形)等,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51 , and the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 . The direction deflection at the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels. In an exemplary embodiment, the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer, and the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements. On a plane parallel to the display substrate, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one of the following or Various shapes: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse. In a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape). ), etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以大于覆盖层52的第二折射率n52,根据折射定律n51*Sinθi1=n52*Sinθo1可以看出,光线入射到覆盖层52的第一入射角θi1小于进入覆盖层52的第一折射角θo1,即相对于入射光线,来自红色量子点层的光线进入覆盖层52后可以向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,来自绿色量子点层的光线在进入覆盖层52后可以向绿色量子点层中心的方向偏转。第一折射率n51和第二折射率n52的差值越大,进入覆盖层52的光线向红色量子点层中心的方向或者绿色量子点层中心方向偏转的程度越大。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52. According to the refraction law n51*Sinθi1=n52*Sinθo1, it can be seen that light is incident on the covering layer The first incident angle θi1 of 52 is smaller than the first refraction angle θo1 entering the covering layer 52, that is, relative to the incident light, the light from the red quantum dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after entering the covering layer 52, and the light from the green quantum dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer. The light from the quantum dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the green quantum dot layer after entering the covering layer 52 . The greater the difference between the first refractive index n51 and the second refractive index n52, the greater the deflection of light entering the covering layer 52 toward the center of the red quantum dot layer or the center of the green quantum dot layer.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以设置为大于或等于1.75且小于或等于1.85。图4B为本公开一示例性实施例中第一光处理结构的尺寸示意图。如图4A和图4B所示,在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.65<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99,式中数字的单位为微米。在示例性实施方式中,在垂直于基底的平面内,量子点层32的截面长度可以表示为D,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,绿色量子点层的截面长度为Dg。如图4A所示,量子点层32的截面长度D可以是量子点层32在在垂直于基底的平面内与基底相平行的边的尺寸,可以将第一光处理结构51的上底长度G1设置为大于或等于对应的量子点层32的截面长度D,能够保证红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层的光线更多地入射到第一光处理结构51中,使光转换层发出的光线更集中,增大红光和绿光的亮度随角度变化的衰减程度,且有助于提升整体出光效率。而在其它实施方式中,可以将第一光处理结构51的上底长度G1设置为小于对应的量子点层32的截面长度D,有助于更好地调控亮度衰减和角度的关系,以减小白光色偏。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第一光处理结构51的上底长度与对应的红色量子点层截面长度Dr的关系,以及第一光处理结构51的上底长度与对应的绿色量子点层截面长度Dg的关系,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85. 4B is a schematic dimensional view of the first light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B , in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid can be 0.65<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99, and the unit of the number in the formula is micron. In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be denoted as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, and the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg. As shown in FIG. 4A , the cross-sectional length D of the quantum dot layer 32 may be the size of the side of the quantum dot layer 32 parallel to the substrate in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, and the length G1 of the upper base of the first light processing structure 51 may be Setting it to be greater than or equal to the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32 can ensure that more light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer is incident on the first light processing structure 51, making the light emitted by the light conversion layer more emitted. Concentration increases the degree of attenuation of the brightness of red and green light as the angle changes, and helps improve the overall light extraction efficiency. In other embodiments, the upper and lower length G1 of the first light processing structure 51 can be set to be smaller than the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which helps to better control the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle, so as to reduce Small white light color cast. In practical applications, the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding cross-sectional length Dr of the red quantum dot layer, and the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding green quantum dot layer can be set as needed. The present disclosure does not limit the relationship between the cross-sectional length Dg.
在示例性实施方式中,覆盖层52的第二折射率可以设置为大于或等于1.4且小于或等于1.55。在垂直于基底的平面上,覆盖层52的厚度为H,厚度H可以为覆盖层52远离基底10一侧表面与覆盖层52靠近基底10一侧表面之间的距离。可以根据第一光处理结构51的高度F1设置覆盖层52的厚度,本公开对此不作限制。 In an exemplary embodiment, the second refractive index of the covering layer 52 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.4 and less than or equal to 1.55. On a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the thickness of the covering layer 52 is H, and the thickness H may be the distance between the surface of the covering layer 52 away from the substrate 10 and the surface of the covering layer 52 close to the substrate 10 . The thickness of the covering layer 52 may be set according to the height F1 of the first light processing structure 51, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的侧壁可以是折线、弧线或波浪线等,本公开对此不作限制。In exemplary embodiments, the side walls of the first light processing structure 51 may be polygonal lines, arc lines, wavy lines, etc., and the disclosure is not limited thereto.
图5为本公开另一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图,为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。图5中显示结构层20、光转换层30及光处理层50可以参见对图4A的描述,在此不再赘述。如图5所示,在示例性实施方式中,在显示结构层20和光处理层50之间可以设置平坦层40。平坦层40可以覆盖第一黑矩阵31和多个量子点层32。平坦层40远离基底10一侧的表面可以为平坦化表面。在示例性实施方式中,平坦层40的材料可以是光学胶,或者是无机材料,本公开对此不做限制。FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure, taking the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels. The structural layer 20, the light conversion layer 30 and the light processing layer 50 shown in Figure 5 can be referred to the description of Figure 4A and will not be described again here. As shown in FIG. 5 , in an exemplary embodiment, a flat layer 40 may be provided between the display structure layer 20 and the light processing layer 50 . The flat layer 40 may cover the first black matrix 31 and the plurality of quantum dot layers 32 . The surface of the planarization layer 40 on the side away from the substrate 10 may be a planarized surface. In an exemplary embodiment, the material of the flat layer 40 may be optical glue or an inorganic material, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
在示例性实施方式中,如图5所示,在光处理层50远离基底10的一侧可以设置彩膜层60。彩膜层60可以至少包括多个第二黑矩阵61和多个滤光层62。多个第二黑矩阵61和多个滤光层62可以设置在光处理层50远离基底10的一侧,多个第二黑矩阵61可以间隔设置,在相邻的第二黑矩阵61之间形成透光开口,多个滤光层62可以间隔设置,并可以设置在多个透光开口内,例如,单个滤光层62可以设置在单个透光开口内,形成由第二黑矩阵61隔开的滤光层阵列,第二黑矩阵61位于相邻的滤光层62之间。In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5 , a color filter layer 60 may be disposed on a side of the light processing layer 50 away from the substrate 10 . The color filter layer 60 may include at least a plurality of second black matrices 61 and a plurality of filter layers 62 . A plurality of second black matrices 61 and a plurality of filter layers 62 may be disposed on a side of the light processing layer 50 away from the substrate 10 , and a plurality of second black matrices 61 may be disposed at intervals between adjacent second black matrices 61 To form a light-transmitting opening, multiple filter layers 62 may be spaced apart and may be provided in multiple light-transmitting openings. For example, a single filter layer 62 may be provided in a single light-transmitting opening, forming a layer separated by a second black matrix 61 . In an open filter layer array, the second black matrix 61 is located between adjacent filter layers 62 .
在示例性实施方式中,多个滤光层62可以包括透过红色光线的红色滤光层、透过蓝色光线的蓝色滤光层以及透过绿色光线的绿色滤光层,红色滤光层可以位于红色子像素(第三子像素P3)所在区域,绿色滤光层可以位于绿色子像素(第二子像素P2)所在区域,蓝色滤光层可以位于蓝色子像素(第一子像素P1)所在区域。In an exemplary embodiment, the plurality of filter layers 62 may include a red filter layer that transmits red light, a blue filter layer that transmits blue light, and a green filter layer that transmits green light. The red filter layer The layer may be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (the third sub-pixel P3) is located, the green filter layer may be located in the area where the green sub-pixel (the second sub-pixel P2) is located, and the blue filter layer may be located in the blue sub-pixel (the first sub-pixel P2). The area where pixel P1) is located.
在示例性实施方式中,如图5所示,在彩膜层60远离基底10的一侧可以设置模组层70。In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5 , the module layer 70 may be disposed on a side of the color filter layer 60 away from the substrate 10 .
本公开示例性实施例所提供的显示基板,通过在光转换层30远离基底10一侧设置包括第一光处理结构51和覆盖层52的光处理层50,第一光处理结构51与红色量子点层和绿色量子点层对应设置,且第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于覆盖层52的第二折射率n52,利用折射使得红色量子点层发出的光线向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层发出的光线向绿色量子点层中心的方向偏转,可以有效提高子像素的出光效率,提高出光色域,还可以减小白光色偏,提高显示品质。并且,图4A或图5所示结构的显示基板制备工艺简单,生产成本更低,覆盖层52的厚度可以设置为一较小值,利于实现柔性弯折显示。In the display substrate provided by the exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure, the light processing layer 50 including the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 is disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10. The first light processing structure 51 and the red quantum The dot layer and the green quantum dot layer are arranged correspondingly, and the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52. Refraction is used to cause the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer to move toward the center of the red quantum dot layer. The light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected in the direction of the center of the green quantum dot layer, which can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels, increase the light emission color gamut, reduce the white light color cast, and improve the display quality. Moreover, the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 5 has a simple preparation process and lower production cost. The thickness of the covering layer 52 can be set to a smaller value, which is beneficial to realizing flexible bending display.
图6为本公开又一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图,为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。如图6所示,在垂直于显示基板的平面上,本公开实施例提供的显示基板可以包括设置在基底10上的显示结构层20、设置在显示结构层20远离基底10一侧的光转换层30、设置在光转换层30远离基底10一侧的光处理层50。FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels. As shown in FIG. 6 , on a plane perpendicular to the display substrate, the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,本示例性实施例中显示结构层20、光转换层30和光处理层50的结构与图4A所示实施例的结构基本上相同,区别在于设置在红色量子点层上的第一光处理结构51和设置在绿色量子点层上的第一光处理结构51为相互连接的一体结构。In an exemplary embodiment, the structures of the display structure layer 20 , the light conversion layer 30 and the light processing layer 50 in this exemplary embodiment are basically the same as those of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , except that they are disposed on the red quantum dot layer. The first light processing structure 51 and the first light processing structure 51 disposed on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other.
在示例性实施方式中,多个第一光处理结构51可以设置在红色量子点层、绿色量子点层远离基底10的一侧,第一光处理结构51的位置可以和红色量子点层和绿色量子点层的位置相对应设置。In an exemplary embodiment, a plurality of first light processing structures 51 may be disposed on a side of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer away from the substrate 10 , and the positions of the first light processing structures 51 may be consistent with the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer. The positions of the quantum dot layers are set accordingly.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层和绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps the orthographic projections of the corresponding red and green quantum dot layers on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的红色 量子点层和绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include a corresponding red color. Orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层、绿色量子点层以及位于该红色量子点层、绿色量子点层之间的第一黑矩阵在基底10上的正投影可以基本上重合。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 corresponds to the corresponding red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer, and the first black quantum dot layer located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer. The orthographic projections of the matrices onto the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向绿色量子点层中心的方向偏转,能够提高子像素的出光效率,增加光转换层光线亮度随角度变化的衰减程度。在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层中心可以是红色量子点层的几何中心,绿色量子点层中心可以是绿色量子点层的几何中心。在示例性实施方式中,可以根据实际像素形貌或工艺需求设置第一光处理结构51的形状,在平行于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的形状可以为如下任意一种或多种:三角形、矩形、五边形、六边形、圆形和椭圆形,在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以包括梯形、倒梯形或者蘑菇形(T形)等,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51 , and the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 . The direction deflection of the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels and increase the attenuation of the light brightness of the light conversion layer as the angle changes. In an exemplary embodiment, the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer, and the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements. In a plane parallel to the substrate, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one or more of the following: Types: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse. In a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape) etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以大于覆盖层52的第二折射率n52,图6中箭头方向示意了光转换层发出的光线经过第一光处理结构51后的偏转情况,原理分析可以参见对图4A的说明,在此不再赘述。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52 . The direction of the arrow in FIG. 6 indicates that the light emitted by the light conversion layer passes through the first light processing structure. The principle analysis of the deflection after 51 can be found in the description of Figure 4A and will not be described again here.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以大于或等于1.75且小于或等于1.85。在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.65<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第一光处理结构51的形状尺寸,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85. In a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.65. <(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99. In practical applications, the shape and size of the first light processing structure 51 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,图6所示结构的显示基板中也可以设置平坦层40、彩膜层60以及模组层70,可以参见图5的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In an exemplary embodiment, the flat layer 40, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 may also be provided in the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 6. Please refer to the relevant description of FIG. 5, which will not be described again here.
本公开示例性实施例所提供的显示基板,通过在光转换层30远离基底10一侧设置包括第一光处理结构51和覆盖层52的光处理层50,设置在红色量子点层上的第一光处理结构51和设置在绿色量子点层上的第一光处理结构51为相互连接的一体结构,且第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于覆盖层52的第二折射率n52,利用折射使得红色量子点层的出射光线向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层的出射光线向绿色量子点层中心的方向偏转,可以有效提高子像素的出光效率,提高出光色域,还可以减小白光色偏,提高显示品质。并且,图6所示结构的显示基板简化了第一光处理结构51的制备工艺,有助于提升生产良率,降低生产成本。相比于图4A或图5中的结构,图6所示结构的红色量子点层的出光路径减少了一个梯形坡面,绿色量子点层的出光路径减少了一个梯形坡面,可以更灵活的调整亮度衰减与角度的变化关系。覆盖层52的厚度H可以设置为一较小值,利于实现柔性弯折显示。In the display substrate provided by the exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure, the light processing layer 50 including the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 is provided on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10, and the third light processing layer 50 is provided on the red quantum dot layer. A light processing structure 51 and the first light processing structure 51 disposed on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other, and the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52 , using refraction to deflect the emitted light of the red quantum dot layer toward the center of the red quantum dot layer, and deflecting the emitted light of the green quantum dot layer toward the center of the green quantum dot layer, which can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels and improve the light color. It can also reduce the white light color cast and improve the display quality. Moreover, the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 6 simplifies the preparation process of the first light processing structure 51, which helps to improve the production yield and reduce the production cost. Compared with the structure in Figure 4A or Figure 5, the light exit path of the red quantum dot layer in the structure shown in Figure 6 is reduced by a trapezoidal slope, and the light exit path of the green quantum dot layer is reduced by a trapezoidal slope, allowing for more flexibility. Adjust the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle. The thickness H of the cover layer 52 can be set to a smaller value to facilitate flexible bending display.
图7A为本公开又一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图,为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。如图7A所示,在垂直于显示基板的平面上,本公开实施例提供的显示基板可以包括设置在基底10上的显示结构层20、设置在显示结构层20远离基底10一侧的光转换层30、设置在光转换层30远离基底10一侧的光处理层50。FIG. 7A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels. As shown in FIG. 7A , on a plane perpendicular to the display substrate, the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,本示例性实施例中显示结构层20、光转换层30与图4A所示实施例的结构基本上相同,区别在于光处理层50还包括第二光处理结构53。In an exemplary embodiment, the structures of the display structure layer 20 and the light conversion layer 30 in this exemplary embodiment are basically the same as those of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , except that the light processing layer 50 further includes a second light processing structure 53 .
在示例性实施方式中,如图7A所示,光处理层50可以包括设置在光转换层30远离基底10一侧的多个第二光处理结构53,设置在第二光处理结构53远离基底10一侧的多 个第一光处理结构51和设置在第一光处理结构51远离基底10一侧的覆盖层52。多个第二光处理结构53的位置可以与多个第一黑矩阵31的位置一一对应设置。多个第一光处理结构51的位置和多个红色量子点层、绿色量子点层的位置可以一一对应。覆盖层52可以设置在多个第一光处理结构51远离基底10的一侧,覆盖层52可以覆盖多个第一光处理结构51和多个第二光处理结构53。In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7A , the light processing layer 50 may include a plurality of second light processing structures 53 disposed on a side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 , and the second light processing structures 53 are disposed on a side away from the substrate. 10 more on one side A first light processing structure 51 and a covering layer 52 disposed on a side of the first light processing structure 51 away from the substrate 10 . The positions of the plurality of second light processing structures 53 may be set in one-to-one correspondence with the positions of the plurality of first black matrices 31 . The positions of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 can correspond to the positions of the plurality of red quantum dot layers and green quantum dot layers. The covering layer 52 may be disposed on a side of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 away from the substrate 10 , and the covering layer 52 may cover the plurality of first light processing structures 51 and the plurality of second light processing structures 53 .
在示例性实施方式中,覆盖层52远离基底10一侧的表面可以为平坦化表面。In an exemplary embodiment, the surface of the covering layer 52 on the side away from the substrate 10 may be a planarized surface.
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影可以与对应的第一黑矩阵31在基底10上的正投影存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the corresponding orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的第一黑矩阵31在基底10上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 may include the corresponding orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 At least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与透光层在基底10上的正投影没有交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 does not overlap with the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 The orthographic projection at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include an orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may Contains the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影可以基本上重合,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影可以基本上重合。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide with the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 . The orthographic projection and the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以与第一黑矩阵31在基底10上的正投影存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向绿色量子点层中心的方向偏转,能够提高子像素的出光效率。在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层中心可以是红色量子点层的几何中心,绿色量子点层中心可以是绿色量子点层的几何中心。在示例性实施方式中,可以根据实际像素形貌或工艺需求设置第一光处理结构51的形状,在平行于显示基板的平面上,第一光处理结构51的形状可以为如下任意一种或多种:三角形、矩形、五边形、六边形、圆形和椭圆形,在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以包括梯形、倒梯形或者蘑菇形(T形)等,本公开对此不作限制。图7A中示意了光线直接从第一光处理结构51射出的情况,这种情况可以参见图4A中的描述,在此不再赘述。In an exemplary embodiment, the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51 , and the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 . The direction deflection at the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels. In an exemplary embodiment, the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer, and the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements. On a plane parallel to the display substrate, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one of the following or Various shapes: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse. In a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape). ), etc., this disclosure does not limit this. FIG. 7A illustrates the situation where light is directly emitted from the first light processing structure 51. For this situation, please refer to the description in FIG. 4A and will not be described again.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以设置为大于或等于1.75且小于或等于1.85。图7B为本公开一示例性实施例中第二光处理结构的尺寸示意图。在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.76<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.984,式中数字的单位为微米。在示例性实施方式中,在垂直于基底的平面内,量子 点层32的截面长度可以表示为D,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,绿色量子点层的截面长度为Dg。可以将第一光处理结构51的上底长度G1设置为大于或等于对应的量子点层32的截面长度D,能够保证红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层的光线更多地入射到第一光处理结构51中,使光转换层发出的光线更集中,增大红光和绿光的亮度随角度变化的衰减程度,且有助于提升整体出光效率;而在其它实施方式中,可以将第一光处理结构51的上底长度G1设置为小于对应的量子点层32的截面长度D,有助于更好地调控亮度衰减和角度的关系,以减小白光色偏。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第一光处理结构51的上底长度与对应的红色量子点层截面长度Dr或者绿色量子点层截面长度Dg的关系,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85. FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of the second light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. In a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.76. <(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.984, the unit of the number in the formula is micron. In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the quantum The cross-sectional length of the dot layer 32 can be expressed as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, and the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg. The upper and lower length G1 of the first light processing structure 51 can be set to be greater than or equal to the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which can ensure that more light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer is incident on the first light. In the processing structure 51, the light emitted by the light conversion layer is more concentrated, increasing the degree of attenuation of the brightness of red light and green light with angle changes, and helping to improve the overall light extraction efficiency; in other embodiments, the second The top and bottom length G1 of a light processing structure 51 is set to be smaller than the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which helps to better control the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle to reduce white light color cast. In practical applications, the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding cross-sectional length Dr of the red quantum dot layer or the cross-sectional length Dg of the green quantum dot layer can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以大于第二光处理结构53的第三折射率n53,且第二入射角θi2>全反射临界角β,全反射临界角β=arcsin(n53/n51)。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53, and the second incident angle θi2>total reflection critical angle β, total reflection critical angle Angle β=arcsin(n53/n51).
在示例性实施方式中,光线以第二入射角θi2入射到第一光处理结构51与第二光处理结构53的交界面,由于第二入射角θi2大于全反射临界角β,因而入射光发生全反射,以第二反射角θo2重新进入第一光处理结构51,重新进入第一光处理结构51的光线实现向子像素中心的方向偏转,第二入射角θi2=第二反射角θo2。In an exemplary embodiment, light is incident on the interface of the first light processing structure 51 and the second light processing structure 53 at the second incident angle θi2. Since the second incident angle θi2 is greater than the total reflection critical angle β, the incident light occurs Total reflection re-enters the first light processing structure 51 at the second reflection angle θo2. The light re-entering the first light processing structure 51 is deflected toward the center of the sub-pixel. The second incident angle θi2 = the second reflection angle θo2.
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53的第三折射率n53可以设置为大于或等于1.42且小于或等于1.53。如图7A和图7B所示,在垂直于基底的平面内,第二光处理结构53的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G2,下底的长度为E2,高为F2,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.766<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939。在示例性实施方式中,在第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影存在交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影存在交叠的情况下,投影之间交叠的面积越大,随角度变化的亮度衰减速度越快。在示例性实施方式中,在第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影不存在交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影不存在交叠的情况下,投影之间的相邻边界之间的距离越远,随角度变化的亮度衰减速度越慢。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层的位置关系,以及第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影的位置关系,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53. As shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B , in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure 53 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2, the length of the lower base is E2, and the height is F2. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid can be 0.766<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939. In an exemplary embodiment, there is an overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 . The orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 In the case where there is overlap with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the larger the overlap area between the projections, the faster the brightness attenuation speed changes with the angle. In an exemplary embodiment, there is no overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 . In the case where there is no overlap between the projection and the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the farther the distance between adjacent boundaries between the projections, the slower the brightness attenuation speed with angle changes. In practical applications, the positional relationship between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the red quantum dot layer, and the positional relationship between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the green quantum dot layer can be set as needed. The present disclosure does not limit the positional relationship of the orthographic projection on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,光处理结构可以只包含第二光处理结构53,来自红色量子点层和绿色量子点层的光线在第二光处理结构53的反射作用下能够向各自的中心偏转,从而提高了出光效率。In an exemplary embodiment, the light processing structure may only include the second light processing structure 53, and the light from the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer can be deflected toward their respective centers under the reflection of the second light processing structure 53, Thereby improving the light extraction efficiency.
在示例性实施方式中,覆盖层52的第二折射率可以设置为大于或等于1.4且小于或等于1.55。覆盖层52的厚度H可以满足F1+F2+1<H<F1+F2+1.5,关系式中数字的单位为微米。In an exemplary embodiment, the second refractive index of the covering layer 52 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.4 and less than or equal to 1.55. The thickness H of the covering layer 52 can satisfy F1+F2+1<H<F1+F2+1.5, and the unit of the number in the relational expression is micrometer.
在示例性实施方式中,图7A所示结构的显示基板中也可以设置平坦层40、彩膜层60以及模组层70,可以参见图5的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In an exemplary embodiment, the flat layer 40, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 may also be provided in the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 7A. Please refer to the relevant description of FIG. 5, which will not be described again here.
本公开示例性实施例所提供的显示基板,通过在光转换层30远离基底10一侧设置包括第二光处理结构53、第一光处理结构51和覆盖层52的光处理层50,第二光处理结构53与第一黑矩阵31对应设置,第一光处理结构51与红色量子点层、绿色量子点层对应设置,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于覆盖层52的第二折射率n52,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于第二光处理结构53的第三折射率n53,利用折射和全反 射使得红色量子点层的出射光线向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层的出射光线向绿色量子点层中心方向偏转,可以有效提高子像素的出光效率,提高出光色域,还可以减小白光色偏,提高显示品质。The display substrate provided by exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure disposes the light processing layer 50 including the second light processing structure 53, the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10. The light processing structure 53 is provided correspondingly to the first black matrix 31 , the first light processing structure 51 is provided correspondingly to the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer, and the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the first refractive index n51 of the covering layer 52 . Two refractive index n52, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53, using refraction and total reflection The radiation deflects the emitted light of the red quantum dot layer toward the center of the red quantum dot layer, and the emitted light of the green quantum dot layer deflects toward the center of the green quantum dot layer, which can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels, improve the light emission color gamut, and also It can reduce the color cast of white light and improve the display quality.
图8为本公开又一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图,为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。如图8所示,在垂直于显示基板的平面上,本公开实施例提供的显示基板可以包括设置在基底10上的显示结构层20、设置在显示结构层20远离基底10一侧的光转换层30、设置在光转换层30远离基底10一侧的光处理层50。FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels. As shown in FIG. 8 , on a plane perpendicular to the display substrate, the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,本示例性实施例中显示结构层20、光转换层30和光处理层50的结构与图7A所示实施例的结构基本上相同,区别在于设置在红色量子点层上的第一光处理结构51和设置在绿色量子点层上的第一光处理结构51为相互连接的一体结构。In an exemplary embodiment, the structures of the display structure layer 20 , the light conversion layer 30 and the light processing layer 50 in this exemplary embodiment are basically the same as those of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A , except that they are disposed on the red quantum dot layer. The first light processing structure 51 and the first light processing structure 51 disposed on the green quantum dot layer are an integral structure connected to each other.
在示例性实施方式中,多个第一光处理结构51可以设置在红色量子点层和绿色量子点层远离基底10的一侧,第一光处理结构51的位置可以和红色量子点层和绿色量子点层的位置相对应设置。In an exemplary embodiment, a plurality of first light processing structures 51 may be disposed on a side of the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer away from the substrate 10 , and the positions of the first light processing structures 51 may be consistent with the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer. The positions of the quantum dot layers are set accordingly.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 The orthographic projection at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include an orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may Contains the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层、绿色量子点层以及位于该红色量子点层、绿色量子点层之间的第一黑矩阵在基底10上的正投影可以基本上重合。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 corresponds to the corresponding red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer, and the first black quantum dot layer located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer. The orthographic projections of the matrices onto the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向绿色量子点层中心的方向偏转,能够提高子像素的出光效率,增加光转换层光线亮度随角度变化的衰减速度。在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层中心可以是红色量子点层的几何中心,绿色量子点层中心可以是绿色量子点层的几何中心。在示例性实施方式中,可以根据实际像素形貌或工艺需求设置第一光处理结构51的形状,在平行于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的形状可以为如下任意一种或多种:三角形、矩形、五边形、六边形、圆形和椭圆形,在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以包括梯形、倒梯形或者蘑菇形(T形)等,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51 , and the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 . The direction deflection of the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels and increase the attenuation speed of the light brightness of the light conversion layer as the angle changes. In an exemplary embodiment, the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer, and the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements. In a plane parallel to the substrate, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one or more of the following: Types: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse. In a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape) etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以大于覆盖层52的第二折射率n52,图8中箭头方向示意了光转换层发出的光线经过第一光处理结构51后的偏转情况,原理分析可以参见对图4A的说明,在此不再赘述。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52 . The direction of the arrow in FIG. 8 illustrates that the light emitted by the light conversion layer passes through the first light processing structure. The principle analysis of the deflection after 51 can be found in the description of Figure 4A and will not be described again here.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于或等于1.75且小于或等于1.85。在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.76<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.984。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第一光处理结构51的形状尺寸,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85. In a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.76. <(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.984. In practical applications, the shape and size of the first light processing structure 51 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,图8所示结构的显示基板中也可以设置平坦层40、彩膜层60以及模组层70,可以参见图5的相关描述,在此不再赘述。 In an exemplary embodiment, the flat layer 40, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 may also be provided in the display substrate with the structure shown in Figure 8. Please refer to the relevant description of Figure 5, which will not be described again here.
本公开示例性实施例所提供的显示基板,通过在光转换层30远离基底10一侧设置包括第二光处理结构53、第一光处理结构51和覆盖层52的光处理层50,第二光处理结构53与第一黑矩阵31对应设置,第一光处理结构51与红色量子点层和绿色量子点层对应设置,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于覆盖层52的第二折射率n52,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于第二光处理结构53的第三折射率n53,利用折射和全反射使得红色量子点层的出射光线向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层的出射光线向绿色量子点层中心方向偏转,可以有效提高子像素的出光效率,提高出光色域,还可以减小白光色偏,提高显示品质。并且,图8所示结构的显示基板简化了第一光处理结构51的制备工艺,有助于提升生产良率,降低生产成本。相比于图7A中的结构,图8所示结构的红色量子点层的出光路径减少了一个梯形坡面,绿色量子点层的出光路径减少了一个梯形坡面,可以更灵活的调整亮度衰减和角度的变化关系。The display substrate provided by exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure disposes the light processing layer 50 including the second light processing structure 53, the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10. The light processing structure 53 is provided correspondingly to the first black matrix 31 , the first light processing structure 51 is provided correspondingly to the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer, and the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the first refractive index n51 of the covering layer 52 . The second refractive index n52, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53, using refraction and total reflection to make the emitted light of the red quantum dot layer move toward the center of the red quantum dot layer. The light emitted from the green quantum dot layer is deflected in the direction of the center of the green quantum dot layer, which can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels, increase the light emission color gamut, reduce the white light color cast, and improve the display quality. Moreover, the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 8 simplifies the preparation process of the first light processing structure 51, which helps to improve the production yield and reduce the production cost. Compared with the structure in Figure 7A, the light exit path of the red quantum dot layer in the structure shown in Figure 8 is reduced by a trapezoidal slope, and the light exit path of the green quantum dot layer is reduced by a trapezoidal slope, allowing for more flexible adjustment of brightness attenuation. and changes in angle.
图9A为本公开又一示例性实施例中显示基板的剖面示意图,为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。如图9A所示,在垂直于显示基板的平面上,本公开实施例提供的显示基板可以包括设置在基底10上的显示结构层20、设置在显示结构层20远离基底10一侧的光转换层30、设置在光转换层30远离基底10一侧的光处理层50。FIG. 9A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display substrate in yet another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels. As shown in FIG. 9A , on a plane perpendicular to the display substrate, the display substrate provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may include a display structure layer 20 disposed on the substrate 10 , and a light conversion device disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 Layer 30 is a light processing layer 50 disposed on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,本示例性实施例中光转换层30、光处理层50与图7A所示实施例的结构基本上相同,区别在于显示结构层20中包括第三光处理结构。In an exemplary embodiment, the structure of the light conversion layer 30 and the light processing layer 50 in this exemplary embodiment is basically the same as that of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A , except that the display structure layer 20 includes a third light processing structure.
在示例性实施方式中,显示结构层20包括驱动电路层21,位于驱动电路层21远离基底10一侧的发光结构层和位于发光结构层远离基底10一侧的封装结构层。驱动电路层21可以包括构成像素驱动电路的多个晶体管和存储电容。发光结构层可以包括像素定义层22和发光器件23,像素定义层22包括多个像素开口,像素开口形成发光区,相邻发光区之间为像素坝,发光器件23可以包括阳极、有机发光层和阴极,发光器件23可以为蓝色发光器件,多个发光器件23可以与红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层一一对应设置,图9A中简略示意了发光器件23。封装结构层可以包括叠设的第一子层24、第二子层25和第三子层26,第一子层24和第三子层26可以采用无机材料,第二子层25可以采用有机材料。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer 20 includes a driving circuit layer 21 , a light-emitting structure layer located on the side of the driving circuit layer 21 away from the substrate 10 , and an encapsulation structure layer located on the side of the light-emitting structure layer away from the substrate 10 . The driving circuit layer 21 may include a plurality of transistors and storage capacitors constituting a pixel driving circuit. The light-emitting structure layer may include a pixel definition layer 22 and a light-emitting device 23. The pixel definition layer 22 may include a plurality of pixel openings. The pixel openings form a light-emitting area, and between adjacent light-emitting areas are pixel dams. The light-emitting device 23 may include an anode, an organic light-emitting layer and the cathode. The light-emitting device 23 can be a blue light-emitting device. Multiple light-emitting devices 23 can be arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer. The light-emitting device 23 is schematically illustrated in Figure 9A. The packaging structure layer may include a stacked first sub-layer 24, a second sub-layer 25 and a third sub-layer 26. The first sub-layer 24 and the third sub-layer 26 may be made of inorganic materials, and the second sub-layer 25 may be made of organic materials. Material.
在示例性实施方式中,封装结构层的第一子层24可以包括多个第三光处理结构,多个第三光处理结构可以设置在多个发光器件23远离基底10的一侧,多个第三光处理结构的位置可以和多个发光器件23的位置一一对应。第二子层25可以设置在多个第三光处理结构远离基底10的一侧,第二子层25可以覆盖多个第三光处理结构。第三子层26可以设置在第二子层25远离基底10的一侧,第三子层26可以覆盖第二子层25。In an exemplary embodiment, the first sub-layer 24 of the packaging structure layer may include a plurality of third light processing structures, and the plurality of third light processing structures may be disposed on a side of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 away from the substrate 10, and a plurality of third light processing structures may be disposed on a side of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 away from the substrate 10. The position of the third light processing structure may correspond to the positions of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 one-to-one. The second sub-layer 25 may be disposed on a side of the plurality of third light processing structures away from the substrate 10 , and the second sub-layer 25 may cover the plurality of third light processing structures. The third sub-layer 26 may be disposed on a side of the second sub-layer 25 away from the substrate 10 , and the third sub-layer 26 may cover the second sub-layer 25 .
在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构在基底10上的正投影与对应的像素开口在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的像素开口在基底10上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate 10 may include the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,发光器件23发出的光线在经过第三光处理结构后可以向像素开口中心方向偏转,能够使更多的光线照射到红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层,有助于更好地激发量子点材料产生对应颜色的光线,也能够使经过透光层的蓝色光线更加集中,提升出光效率。在示例性实施方式中,像素开口中心可以是像素开口的几何中心。在示例性实施方式中,可以根据实际像素形貌或工艺需求设置第三光处理结构的形状,在平行于基底的平面内,第三光处理结构的形状可以为如下任意一种或多种:三角形、矩形、五边形、六边形、圆形和椭圆形,在垂直于基底的平面内,第三光处理结构的截面形状可以包括梯 形、倒梯形或者蘑菇形(T形)等,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the light emitted by the light-emitting device 23 can be deflected toward the center of the pixel opening after passing through the third light processing structure, allowing more light to illuminate the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer, which helps Better excitation of quantum dot materials to produce light of corresponding colors can also make the blue light passing through the light-transmitting layer more concentrated and improve the light extraction efficiency. In an exemplary embodiment, the pixel opening center may be the geometric center of the pixel opening. In an exemplary embodiment, the shape of the third light processing structure can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements. In a plane parallel to the substrate, the shape of the third light processing structure can be any one or more of the following: Triangular, rectangular, pentagonal, hexagonal, circular and elliptical, in a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure may include a trapezoid Shape, inverted trapezoid or mushroom shape (T-shape), etc., this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构的第四折射率可以大于第二子层25的第五折射率,光线在从第三光处理结构入射到第二子层25时的折射角小于入射角,使得相对于入射光线,进入到第二子层25的光线向像素开口中心的方向偏转,如图9A所示。第三光处理结构的第四折射率与第二子层25的第五折射率相差越大,进入到第二子层25的光线向像素开口中心方向偏转的程度越大。In an exemplary embodiment, the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure may be greater than the fifth refractive index of the second sub-layer 25 , and the refraction angle of light when incident from the third light processing structure to the second sub-layer 25 is less than The incident angle is such that, relative to the incident light, the light entering the second sub-layer 25 is deflected toward the center of the pixel opening, as shown in FIG. 9A . The greater the difference between the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure and the fifth refractive index of the second sub-layer 25, the greater the deflection of light entering the second sub-layer 25 toward the center of the pixel opening.
在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构的第四折射率可以设置为大于或等于1.7且小于或等于1.8。图9B为本公开一示例性实施例中第三光处理结构的尺寸示意图。如图9A和图9B所示,在垂直于基底的平面内,第三光处理结构的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G3,下底的长度为E3,高为F3,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.75<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9。In an exemplary embodiment, the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8. FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of a third light processing structure in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B , in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3, the length of the lower base is E3, and the height is F3. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid can be 0.75<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于或等于1.75且小于或等于1.85。在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.76<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.984。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第一光处理结构51的形状尺寸,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85. In a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.76. <(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.984. In practical applications, the shape and size of the first light processing structure 51 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53的第三折射率n53可以设置为大于或等于1.42且小于或等于1.53。在垂直于基底的平面内,第二光处理结构53的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G2,下底的长度为E2,高为F2,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.766<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939。在示例性实施方式中,在第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影存在交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影存在交叠的情况下,投影之间交叠的面积越大,随角度变化的亮度衰减速度越快。在示例性实施方式中,在第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影不存在交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影不存在交叠的情况下,投影之间的相邻边界之间的距离越远,随角度变化的亮度衰减速度越慢。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影的位置关系,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53. In a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure 53 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2, the length of the lower base is E2, and the height is F2. The geometric size relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.766. <(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939. In an exemplary embodiment, there is an overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 . The orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 In the case where there is overlap with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the larger the overlap area between the projections, the faster the brightness attenuation speed changes with the angle. In an exemplary embodiment, there is no overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 . In the case where there is no overlap between the projection and the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the farther the distance between adjacent boundaries between the projections, the slower the brightness attenuation speed with angle changes. In practical applications, the positional relationship between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,覆盖层52的第二折射率可以设置为大于或等于1.4且小于或等于1.55。覆盖层52的厚度H可以满足F1+F2+1<H<F1+F2+1.5,关系式中数字的单位为微米。In an exemplary embodiment, the second refractive index of the covering layer 52 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.4 and less than or equal to 1.55. The thickness H of the covering layer 52 can satisfy F1+F2+1<H<F1+F2+1.5, and the unit of the number in the relational expression is micrometer.
图10为本公开一示例性实施例中像素定义层的尺寸示意图。图11为本公开一示例性实施例中像素开口和红色量子点层的俯视图。如图10所示,像素定义层22包括多个像素开口,像素开口形成发光区,相邻发光区之间为像素坝。在垂直于基底的平面上,像素坝的截面形状可以为梯形,像素坝的下底长度为A,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投影的长度为B,相邻像素坝之间的像素开口长度为C,即像素坝在基底上正投影的长度为A。在示例性实施方式中,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投影的长度B可以小于或等于8微米,在其它实施方式中,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投影的长度B可以小于或等于5微米。在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构在基底上的正投影可以包含像素开口在基底的正投影,第三光处理结构和像素开口的尺寸关系满足:C≤G3<E3<C+8,式中数字的单位为微米,能够使更多的光进入到对应的量子点层。在示例性实施方式中,在垂直于基底的平面内,量子点层32的截面长度可以表示为D,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,绿色量子点层的截面长度为Dg,相邻的红色量子点层与绿色量子点层之间第一黑矩阵31 的截面长度为Db。在示例性实施方式中,可以设置Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A,能够确保第三光处理结构的坡面出射的光尽可能多的入射到对应的红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层中。以红色量子点层为例,如图11所示,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,像素开口长度为C,二者的关系可以为C<Dr<16+C,式中数字的单位为微米,量子点层32在基底10上的正投影与对应的像素开口在基底10上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离小于或等于8微米。绿色量子点层及透光层与像素开口长度C的关系可以与红色量子点层的情况可以相同。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the dimensions of a pixel definition layer in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. 11 is a top view of a pixel opening and a red quantum dot layer in an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 10 , the pixel definition layer 22 includes a plurality of pixel openings. The pixel openings form light-emitting areas, and pixel dams are formed between adjacent light-emitting areas. On a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the pixel dam can be a trapezoid, the length of the bottom of the pixel dam is A, the length of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the base is B, and the length between adjacent pixel dams is The length of the pixel opening is C, that is, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A. In an exemplary embodiment, the length B of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope surface of the pixel dam on the substrate may be less than or equal to 8 microns. In other embodiments, the length B of the orthogonal projection of the trapezoidal slope surface of the pixel dam on the substrate Can be less than or equal to 5 microns. In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate may include the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C≤G3<E3<C+8 , the unit of the number in the formula is micron, which can allow more light to enter the corresponding quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be represented as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, and the cross-sectional length of the adjacent quantum dot layer 32 is Dg. The first black matrix 31 between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer The cross-sectional length is Db. In an exemplary embodiment, Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A can be set to ensure that as much light as possible emitted from the slope of the third light processing structure is incident on the corresponding red quantum dot layer or green quantum dot. layer. Taking the red quantum dot layer as an example, as shown in Figure 11, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr and the pixel opening length is C. The relationship between the two can be C<Dr<16+C, and the unit of the number in the formula is microns, the distance between the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer 32 on the substrate 10 and the adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 is less than or equal to 8 microns. The relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length C can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
在示例性实施方式中,如图11所示,红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影与对应像素开口在基底10上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离a可以大于或等于5.5微米且小于或等于9微米,绿色量子点层及透光层与像素开口长度的关系与红色量子点层的情况可以相同。在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与像素开口在基底10上的正投影可以没有交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与像素开口在基底10上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离可以设置为大于或等于4微米且小于或等于6微米。In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 , the distance a between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 may be greater than or equal to 5.5 microns. And less than or equal to 9 microns, the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate 10 may not overlap, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 does not overlap with that of the pixel opening. The distance between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the opening on the substrate 10 may be set to be greater than or equal to 4 micrometers and less than or equal to 6 micrometers.
在示例性实施方式中,以红色量子点层为例,第一光处理结构51与红色量子点层的尺寸关系还满足:Dr<G1<E1<A+C。绿色量子点层及透光层与像素开口长度的关系可以与红色量子点层的情况相同。In an exemplary embodiment, taking the red quantum dot layer as an example, the size relationship between the first light processing structure 51 and the red quantum dot layer also satisfies: Dr<G1<E1<A+C. The relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
在示例性实施方式中,图9A所示结构的显示基板中也可以设置平坦层40、彩膜层60以及模组层70,可以参见图5的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In an exemplary embodiment, the flat layer 40, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 may also be provided in the display substrate with the structure shown in FIG. 9A. Please refer to the relevant description of FIG. 5, which will not be described again here.
本公开示例性实施例所提供的显示基板,通过在显示结构层20设置与像素开口对应的第三光处理结构,利用折射使得出射光线向像素开口中心方向偏转,可以有效提高子像素的出光效率。通过在光转换层30远离基底10一侧设置包括第二光处理结构53、第一光处理结构51和覆盖层52的光处理层50,第二光处理结构53与第一黑矩阵31对应设置,第一光处理结构51与红色量子点层、绿色量子点层对应设置,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于覆盖层52的第二折射率n52,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51大于第二光处理结构53的第三折射率n53,利用折射和全反射使得红色量子点层的出射光线向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转,绿色量子点层的出射光线向绿色量子点层中心方向偏转,可以有效提高子像素的出光效率,提高出光色域,还可以减小白光色偏,提高显示品质。第三光处理结构、第二光处理结构53、第一光处理结构51与发光器件和光转换层在位置和尺寸上相互配合设置,进一步提升了显示品质。The display substrate provided by exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of sub-pixels by arranging a third light processing structure corresponding to the pixel opening in the display structure layer 20 and using refraction to deflect the emitted light toward the center of the pixel opening. . By arranging the light processing layer 50 including the second light processing structure 53 , the first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 on the side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 , the second light processing structure 53 is arranged corresponding to the first black matrix 31 , the first light processing structure 51 is arranged corresponding to the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer. The first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 is greater than the second refractive index n52 of the covering layer 52. The first refractive index n51 is greater than the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53. Refraction and total reflection are used to deflect the emitted light of the red quantum dot layer toward the center of the red quantum dot layer, and the emitted light of the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer. The deflection of the center direction of the green quantum dot layer can effectively improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels, increase the light emission color gamut, reduce the white light color cast, and improve the display quality. The third light processing structure, the second light processing structure 53, the first light processing structure 51, the light emitting device and the light conversion layer are arranged to cooperate with each other in position and size, further improving the display quality.
在示例性实施方式中,图9A所示结构的显示结构层20也可以应用于其它实施例所示的结构中。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer 20 of the structure shown in FIG. 9A can also be applied to the structures shown in other embodiments.
在示例性实施方式中,图4A所示的显示基板中可以采用图9A所示结构的显示结构层20,图4A的显示结构层20中可以设置有第三光处理结构。这种情况下,第一光处理结构51的尺寸可以满足:G1<E1<A+C。可以根据需要设置G1和D的尺寸关系。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer 20 of the structure shown in FIG. 9A may be used in the display substrate shown in FIG. 4A , and a third light processing structure may be provided in the display structure layer 20 of FIG. 4A . In this case, the size of the first light processing structure 51 can satisfy: G1<E1<A+C. You can set the size relationship between G1 and D as needed.
在示例性实施方式中,图8所示的显示基板中可以采用图9A所示结构的显示结构层20,图8的显示结构层20中可以设置有第三光处理结构。这种情况下,第一光处理结构51的尺寸可以满足:2C+A<G1<E1<2A+2C。可以根据需要设置G1和D的尺寸关系。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer 20 of the structure shown in FIG. 9A may be used in the display substrate shown in FIG. 8 , and a third light processing structure may be provided in the display structure layer 20 of FIG. 8 . In this case, the size of the first light processing structure 51 can satisfy: 2C+A<G1<E1<2A+2C. You can set the size relationship between G1 and D as needed.
下面通过亮度和角度关系曲线对本公开实施例调整亮度衰减与角度关系的效果进行说明。The following describes the effect of adjusting the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle according to the embodiment of the present disclosure through the relationship curve between brightness and angle.
图12为不同颜色的OLED器件与量子点材料的亮度和角度关系曲线。图13为蓝色发光器件、光转换层以及理想状态下的亮度和角度关系曲线。在图12中,横坐标表示角度(angle),纵坐标表示强度(intyensity),三条实线按照从上到下的顺序依次表示绿色发光器件、红色发光器件及蓝色发光器件的亮度和角度关系曲线,两条近似重合的虚线 表示红色量子点材料和绿色量子点材料的亮度和角度关系曲线。从图12中可以看出,量子点材料的曲线整体高于发光器件的曲线,即随角度增大,量子点材料亮度衰减程度比发光器件的亮度衰减程度更小,并且量子点材料亮度的最低点的强度仍在0.7以上,而发光器件亮度的最低点的强度在0.3以下,二者之间相差较大。因此,在显示基板中直接采用发光器件+量子点材料的组合产生红色、绿色及蓝色光线的方式,会使得白光色偏较大,显示效果不好。在图13中,两条近似重合的虚线表示红色量子点材料和绿色量子点材料的亮度和角度关系曲线,居中的实线表示理想中的亮度和角度关系曲线,位于下方的实线表示蓝色发光器件的亮度和角度关系曲线。图13中,理想曲线的亮度最低点的强度在0.6左右,箭头方向表示为了达到理想曲线的程度,量子点材料的亮度和角度关系曲线及蓝色发光器件的亮度和角度关系曲线需要向中间靠拢。即需要增加量子点材料随角度变化的亮度衰减程度,以及减小蓝色发光器件随角度变化的亮度衰减程度。Figure 12 shows the brightness and angle relationship curves of OLED devices and quantum dot materials of different colors. Figure 13 shows the relationship between the blue light-emitting device, the light conversion layer and the brightness and angle under ideal conditions. In Figure 12, the abscissa represents angle and the ordinate represents intensity. The three solid lines represent the brightness and angle relationship of the green light-emitting device, the red light-emitting device and the blue light-emitting device in order from top to bottom. Curve, two nearly coincident dotted lines Indicates the brightness and angle relationship curve of red quantum dot material and green quantum dot material. It can be seen from Figure 12 that the curve of the quantum dot material is overall higher than the curve of the light-emitting device. That is, as the angle increases, the brightness attenuation of the quantum dot material is smaller than that of the light-emitting device, and the brightness of the quantum dot material is the lowest. The intensity of the point is still above 0.7, while the intensity of the lowest point of the brightness of the light-emitting device is below 0.3, and there is a large difference between the two. Therefore, directly using a combination of light-emitting devices + quantum dot materials to generate red, green, and blue light in a display substrate will cause a large color shift of white light and poor display effects. In Figure 13, two approximately overlapping dotted lines represent the brightness and angle relationship curves of red quantum dot materials and green quantum dot materials, the solid line in the center represents the ideal brightness and angle relationship curve, and the solid line below represents blue The relationship between brightness and angle of a light-emitting device. In Figure 13, the intensity of the lowest brightness point of the ideal curve is around 0.6. The direction of the arrow indicates that in order to achieve the ideal curve, the brightness and angle relationship curve of the quantum dot material and the brightness and angle relationship curve of the blue light-emitting device need to be closer to the middle. . That is, it is necessary to increase the degree of brightness attenuation of the quantum dot material as the angle changes, and to reduce the degree of brightness attenuation of the blue light-emitting device as the angle changes.
图14为图8(设置有第三光处理结构)的显示基板和图9A所示实施例中显示基板的亮度和角度关系曲线。图14中位于上方的曲线表示设置有第三光处理结构的图8的显示基板的亮度和角度关系曲线,图14中位于下方的曲线表示图9A所示实施例中显示基板的亮度和角度关系曲线。两条曲线的亮度最低点的强度均在0.6左右,可见上述实施例的显示基板的亮度和角度关系曲线,与理想的亮度和角度关系曲线基本一致,极大提升了显示基板的显示效果。本公开实施例中提供的显示基板均能够实现理想的亮度和角度关系曲线的效果,在结构设置存在差别的情况下,不同显示基板的亮度和角度关系曲线的平缓程度不同。以图14中的曲线为例,由于相比于图9A,图8中的第一光处理结构减少了能够改变光路的坡面,因此表现为随角度变化,图8的显示基板亮度衰减更缓慢。FIG. 14 is a relationship curve between brightness and angle of the display substrate of FIG. 8 (provided with the third light processing structure) and the display substrate in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9A. The upper curve in FIG. 14 represents the relationship between brightness and angle of the display substrate of FIG. 8 provided with the third light processing structure, and the lower curve in FIG. 14 represents the relationship between brightness and angle of the display substrate in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9A curve. The intensity of the lowest brightness point of both curves is around 0.6. It can be seen that the brightness and angle relationship curve of the display substrate in the above embodiment is basically consistent with the ideal brightness and angle relationship curve, which greatly improves the display effect of the display substrate. The display substrates provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure can all achieve ideal brightness and angle relationship curve effects. When there are differences in structural settings, the brightness and angle relationship curves of different display substrates have different smoothness. Taking the curve in Figure 14 as an example, compared to Figure 9A, the first light processing structure in Figure 8 reduces the slope that can change the light path, so the brightness of the display substrate in Figure 8 changes more slowly with the angle. .
图15为结构调整前后白光色偏曲线。如图15所示,在1931色度坐标下,直接采用发光器件+量子点材料的组合产生红色、绿色及蓝色光线的显示基板的白光色偏曲线为曲线1,而经过本公开实施例的结构调整后得到的显示基板的白光色偏曲线为曲线2。从图15中可以明显的看出,经过本公开实施例的结构调整后,显示基板的白光色偏问题得到了极大的改善。Figure 15 shows the white light color deviation curve before and after structural adjustment. As shown in Figure 15, under the 1931 chromaticity coordinate, the white light color shift curve of a display substrate that directly uses a combination of light-emitting devices + quantum dot materials to generate red, green and blue light is Curve 1, and after the embodiment of the present disclosure The white light color shift curve of the display substrate obtained after structural adjustment is curve 2. It can be clearly seen from Figure 15 that after the structural adjustment of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the white light color cast problem of the display substrate has been greatly improved.
本公开实施例还提供了一种显示装置,包括上述任一实施例所述的显示基板。显示装置可以为:OLED显示器、手机、平板电脑、电视机、显示器、笔记本电脑、数码相框、导航仪等任何具有显示功能的产品或部件,本公开实施例并不以此为限。An embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a display device, including the display substrate described in any of the above embodiments. The display device may be: an OLED display, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a television, a monitor, a notebook computer, a digital photo frame, a navigator, or any other product or component with a display function. The embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited thereto.
本公开实施例还提供了一种显示基板的制备方法,包括:在基底上形成显示结构层;在所述显示结构层远离所述基底的一侧形成光转换层,所述光转换层至少包括红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层;在所述光转换层远离所述基底的一侧形成光处理层,所述光处理层包括多个提高出光效率的光处理结构和设置在所述光处理结构远离所述基底一侧的覆盖层,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构的折射率大于所述覆盖层的折射率。Embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a method for preparing a display substrate, including: forming a display structure layer on a substrate; forming a light conversion layer on a side of the display structure layer away from the substrate, where the light conversion layer at least includes A red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer; a light processing layer is formed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, and the light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency and is arranged on The light processing structure is away from the covering layer on the side of the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the An orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps an orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the cover layer.
下面通过显示基板制备过程的示例说明本公开显示基板的结构。本公开所说的“构图工艺”包括沉积膜层、涂覆光刻胶、掩模曝光、显影、刻蚀和剥离光刻胶等处理。沉积可以采用选自溅射、蒸镀和化学气相沉积中的任意一种或多种,涂覆可以采用选自喷涂和旋涂中的任意一种或多种,刻蚀可以采用选自干刻和湿刻中的任意一种或多种。“薄膜”是指将某一种材料在基底上利用沉积或涂覆工艺制作出的一层薄膜。若在整个制作过程当中该“薄膜”无需构图工艺,则该“薄膜”还可以称为“层”。当在整个制作过程当中该“薄膜”还需构图工艺,则在构图工艺前称为“薄膜”,构图工艺后称为“层”。经过构图工艺后的“层”中包含至少一个“图案”。本公开中所说的“A和B同层设置”是指,A和B通过同一次构图 工艺同时形成。“A的正投影包含B的正投影”是指,B的正投影落入A的正投影范围内,或者A的正投影覆盖B的正投影。The structure of the display substrate of the present disclosure is explained below through an example of a display substrate preparation process. The "patterning process" mentioned in this disclosure includes processes such as depositing film layers, coating photoresist, mask exposure, development, etching, and stripping photoresist. The deposition may be any one or more selected from sputtering, evaporation and chemical vapor deposition, the coating may be any one or more selected from spraying and spin coating, and the etching may be selected from dry etching. and any one or more of wet engraving. "Thin film" refers to a thin film produced by depositing or coating a certain material on a substrate. If the "film" does not require a patterning process during the entire production process, the "film" can also be called a "layer." When the "thin film" requires a patterning process during the entire production process, it is called a "thin film" before the patterning process, and it is called a "layer" after the patterning process. The "layer" after the patterning process contains at least one "pattern". “A and B are set on the same layer” mentioned in this disclosure means that A and B are arranged in the same composition The process is formed simultaneously. "The orthographic projection of A contains the orthographic projection of B" means that the orthographic projection of B falls within the orthographic projection range of A, or the orthographic projection of A covers the orthographic projection of B.
在示例性实施方式中,显示基板的制备过程可以包括如下步骤。In an exemplary embodiment, the preparation process of the display substrate may include the following steps.
(1)形成驱动电路层图案。在示例性实施方式中,形成驱动电路层图案可以包括:(1) Form the driving circuit layer pattern. In an exemplary embodiment, forming the driving circuit layer pattern may include:
在基底10上依次沉积第一绝缘薄膜和半导体薄膜,通过图案化工艺对半导体薄膜进行图案化,形成覆盖基底的第一绝缘层,以及设置在第一绝缘层上的半导体层图案,每个子像素的半导体层图案可以至少包括多个有源层。A first insulating film and a semiconductor film are sequentially deposited on the substrate 10, and the semiconductor film is patterned through a patterning process to form a first insulating layer covering the substrate, and a semiconductor layer pattern disposed on the first insulating layer. Each sub-pixel The semiconductor layer pattern may include at least a plurality of active layers.
随后,依次沉积第二绝缘薄膜和第一导电薄膜,通过图案化工艺对第一导电薄膜进行图案化,形成覆盖半导体层图案的第二绝缘层,以及设置在第二绝缘层上的第一导电层图案,每个子像素的第一导电层图案可以至少包括多个栅电极和第一极板。Subsequently, a second insulating film and a first conductive film are deposited in sequence, and the first conductive film is patterned through a patterning process to form a second insulating layer covering the semiconductor layer pattern, and a first conductive layer disposed on the second insulating layer. Layer pattern, the first conductive layer pattern of each sub-pixel may at least include a plurality of gate electrodes and a first electrode plate.
随后,依次沉积第三绝缘薄膜和第二导电薄膜,通过图案化工艺对第二导电薄膜进行图案化,形成覆盖第一导电层的第三绝缘层,以及设置在第三绝缘层上的第二导电层图案,每个子像素的第二导电层图案可以至少包括第二极板,第二极板在基底上的正投影与第一极板在基底上的正投影至少部分交叠。Subsequently, a third insulating film and a second conductive film are deposited in sequence, and the second conductive film is patterned through a patterning process to form a third insulating layer covering the first conductive layer, and a second insulating layer disposed on the third insulating layer. The conductive layer pattern, and the second conductive layer pattern of each sub-pixel may at least include a second electrode plate, and an orthographic projection of the second electrode plate on the substrate at least partially overlaps an orthographic projection of the first electrode plate on the substrate.
随后,沉积第四绝缘薄膜,通过图案化工艺对第四绝缘薄膜进行图案化,形成覆盖第二导电层图案第四绝缘层图案,每个子像素的第四绝缘层上形成两个有源过孔,两个有源过孔暴露出有源层的两端。Subsequently, a fourth insulating film is deposited, and the fourth insulating film is patterned through a patterning process to form a fourth insulating layer pattern covering the second conductive layer pattern, and two active via holes are formed on the fourth insulating layer of each sub-pixel. , two active vias expose both ends of the active layer.
随后,沉积第三导电薄膜,通过图案化工艺对第三导电薄膜进行图案化,在第四绝缘层上形成第三导电层图案,第三导电层图案至少包括:位于每个子像素的源电极和漏电极,源电极通过其中一个有源过孔与有源层连接,漏电极通过另一个有源过孔与有源层连接。Subsequently, a third conductive film is deposited, patterned through a patterning process, and a third conductive layer pattern is formed on the fourth insulating layer. The third conductive layer pattern at least includes: a source electrode located on each sub-pixel and a The drain electrode and the source electrode are connected to the active layer through one of the active via holes, and the drain electrode is connected to the active layer through the other active via hole.
随后,在形成前述图案的基底上涂覆平坦薄膜,通过图案化工艺对平坦薄膜进行图案化,形成覆盖第三导电层图案平坦层图案,每个子像素的平坦层上形成有至少一个连接过孔,连接过孔暴露出漏电极的表面。Subsequently, a flat film is coated on the substrate with the aforementioned pattern, and the flat film is patterned through a patterning process to form a flat layer pattern covering the third conductive layer pattern. At least one connection via is formed on the flat layer of each sub-pixel. , the connecting via exposes the surface of the drain electrode.
至此,制备完成驱动电路层21图案,如图16所示,图16为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。在示例性实施方式中,每个子像素的驱动电路层20可以包括构成像素驱动电路的多个晶体管和存储电容,图16中仅以像素驱动电路包括一个晶体管101A和存储电容101B作为示例。At this point, the driver circuit layer 21 pattern is prepared, as shown in FIG. 16 . FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels. In an exemplary embodiment, the driving circuit layer 20 of each sub-pixel may include a plurality of transistors and storage capacitors constituting a pixel driving circuit. In FIG. 16 , only the pixel driving circuit including one transistor 101A and a storage capacitor 101B is taken as an example.
在示例性实施方式中,晶体管101A可以包括有源层、栅电极、源电极和漏电极,存储电容101B可以包括第一极板和第二极板。在示例性实施方式中,晶体管101A可以是像素驱动电路中的驱动晶体管,驱动晶体管可以是薄膜晶体管(Thin Film Transistor,简称TFT)。In an exemplary embodiment, the transistor 101A may include an active layer, a gate electrode, a source electrode, and a drain electrode, and the storage capacitor 101B may include a first plate and a second plate. In an exemplary embodiment, the transistor 101A may be a driving transistor in a pixel driving circuit, and the driving transistor may be a thin film transistor (TFT).
在示例性实施方式中,基底可以是刚性基底,或者可以是柔性基底。刚性基底可以采用玻璃或石英等材料,柔性基底可以采用聚酰亚胺(PI)等材料,柔性基底可以是单层结构,或者可以是无机材料层和柔性材料层构成的叠层结构,本公开在此不做限定。In exemplary embodiments, the substrate may be a rigid substrate, or may be a flexible substrate. The rigid substrate can be made of materials such as glass or quartz, and the flexible substrate can be made of materials such as polyimide (PI). The flexible substrate can be a single-layer structure, or it can be a laminated structure composed of an inorganic material layer and a flexible material layer. The present disclosure No limitation is made here.
在示例性实施方式中,第一绝缘层、第二绝缘层、第三绝缘层和第四绝缘层可以采用硅氧化物(SiOx)、硅氮化物(SiNx)和氮氧化硅(SiON)中的任意一种或更多种,可以是单层、多层或复合层。第一绝缘层可以称为缓冲(Buffer)层,第二绝缘层和第三绝缘层可以称为(GI)层,第四绝缘层可以称为层间绝缘(ILD)层。第一导电层、第二导电层和第三导电层可以采用金属材料,如银(Ag)、铜(Cu)、铝(Al)、钛(Ti)和钼(Mo)中的任意一种或更多种,或上述金属的合金材料,如铝钕合金(AlNd)或钼铌合金(MoNb),可以是单层结构,或者多层复合结构,如Ti/Al/Ti等。平坦层可以采用 有机材料,如树脂等。半导体层可以采用非晶态氧化铟镓锌材料(a-IGZO)、氮氧化锌(ZnON)、氧化铟锌锡(IZTO)、非晶硅(a-Si)、多晶硅(p-Si)、六噻吩、聚噻吩等各种材料,即本公开适用于基于氧化物Oxide技术、硅技术以及有机物技术制造的晶体管,本公开在此不做限定。In an exemplary embodiment, the first insulating layer, the second insulating layer, the third insulating layer and the fourth insulating layer may adopt silicon oxide (SiOx), silicon nitride (SiNx) and silicon oxynitride (SiON). Any one or more, can be single layer, multi-layer or composite layer. The first insulating layer may be called a buffer (Buffer) layer, the second insulating layer and the third insulating layer may be called (GI) layers, and the fourth insulating layer may be called an interlayer insulation (ILD) layer. The first conductive layer, the second conductive layer and the third conductive layer may be made of metal materials, such as any one of silver (Ag), copper (Cu), aluminum (Al), titanium (Ti) and molybdenum (Mo) or More kinds, or alloy materials of the above metals, such as aluminum-neodymium alloy (AlNd) or molybdenum-niobium alloy (MoNb), can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer composite structure, such as Ti/Al/Ti, etc. The flat layer can be Organic materials such as resin, etc. The semiconductor layer can be made of amorphous indium gallium zinc oxide (a-IGZO), zinc oxynitride (ZnON), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), amorphous silicon (a-Si), polycrystalline silicon (p-Si), six Various materials such as thiophene and polythiophene, that is, the disclosure is applicable to transistors manufactured based on oxide Oxide technology, silicon technology, and organic technology, and the disclosure is not limited here.
(2)形成发光结构层图案。在示例性实施方式中,形成发光结构层图案可以包括:(2) Form a light-emitting structure layer pattern. In an exemplary embodiment, forming the light emitting structure layer pattern may include:
在形成前述图案的基底上沉积第四导电薄膜,通过图案化工艺对第四导电薄膜进行图案化,形成阳极电极层图案,每个子像素的阳极电极层图案至少可以包括阳极201,阳极201通过连接过孔与晶体管101A的漏电极连接。Deposit a fourth conductive film on the substrate with the foregoing pattern, and pattern the fourth conductive film through a patterning process to form an anode electrode layer pattern. The anode electrode layer pattern of each sub-pixel may at least include an anode 201, and the anode 201 is connected through The via hole is connected to the drain electrode of the transistor 101A.
随后,在形成前述图案的基底上涂覆像素定义薄膜,通过图案化工艺对像素定义薄膜进行图案化,形成像素定义层22,每个子像素的像素定义层设置有像素开口,像素开口内的像素定义薄膜被去掉,暴露阳极201的表面。Subsequently, a pixel definition film is coated on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and the pixel definition film is patterned through a patterning process to form a pixel definition layer 22. The pixel definition layer of each sub-pixel is provided with a pixel opening, and the pixels in the pixel opening are The definition film is removed, exposing the surface of anode 201.
随后,在形成前述图案的基底上,通过蒸镀方式或喷墨打印方式形成位于每个子像素的有机发光层203,有机发光层203通过像素开口与阳极201连接。Subsequently, on the substrate with the foregoing pattern, an organic light-emitting layer 203 located in each sub-pixel is formed by evaporation or inkjet printing. The organic light-emitting layer 203 is connected to the anode 201 through the pixel opening.
随后,在形成前述图案的基底上,通过开放式掩膜版的蒸镀方式形成阴极204图案,整面结构的阴极204与有机发光层203连接,实现了有机发光层203与阳极201和阴极204的连接。Subsequently, on the substrate with the aforementioned pattern, a cathode 204 pattern is formed by evaporation using an open mask. The cathode 204 with a full-surface structure is connected to the organic light-emitting layer 203, thereby realizing the organic light-emitting layer 203, the anode 201 and the cathode 204. Connection.
至此,制备完成发光结构层图案,如图17所示,图17为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。At this point, the light-emitting structure layer pattern is prepared, as shown in Figure 17. Figure 17 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in Figure 3, illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
在示例性实施方式中,第四导电薄膜可以采用金属材料、透明导电材料或者金属材料和透明导电材料的多层复合结构,金属材料可以包括银(Ag)、铜(Cu)、铝(Al)、钛(Ti)和钼(Mo)中的任意一种或更多种,或上述金属的合金材料,透明导电材料可以包括氧化铟锡(ITO)或氧化铟锌(IZO),多层复合结构可以是ITO/Al/ITO等。In an exemplary embodiment, the fourth conductive film may adopt a metal material, a transparent conductive material, or a multi-layer composite structure of a metal material and a transparent conductive material. The metal material may include silver (Ag), copper (Cu), aluminum (Al) , any one or more of titanium (Ti) and molybdenum (Mo), or alloy materials of the above metals, the transparent conductive material can include indium tin oxide (ITO) or indium zinc oxide (IZO), multi-layer composite structure It can be ITO/Al/ITO, etc.
在示例性实施方式中,像素定义薄膜的材料可以包括聚酰亚胺或亚克力等。在示例性实施方式中,可以采用半色调(Half Tone Mask)掩膜板的图案化工艺,在形成像素定义层图案时形成隔垫柱图案,隔垫柱可以设置在像素开口的外侧,隔垫柱被配置为在后续蒸镀工艺中支撑精细金属掩模版,本公开在此不做限定。In an exemplary embodiment, the material of the pixel definition film may include polyimide, acrylic, or the like. In an exemplary embodiment, a half-tone mask patterning process may be used to form a spacer column pattern when forming the pixel definition layer pattern. The spacer column may be disposed outside the pixel opening, and the spacer column The pillars are configured to support the fine metal mask in the subsequent evaporation process, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
在示例性实施方式中,有机发光层可以包括发光层(EML),以及如下任意一种或多种:空穴注入层(HIL)、空穴传输层(HTL)、电子阻挡层(EBL)、空穴阻挡层(HBL)、电子传输层(ETL)和电子注入层(EIL)。In an exemplary embodiment, the organic light-emitting layer may include an emitting layer (EML), and any one or more of the following: a hole injection layer (HIL), a hole transport layer (HTL), an electron blocking layer (EBL), Hole blocking layer (HBL), electron transport layer (ETL) and electron injection layer (EIL).
在示例性实施方式中,制备有机发光层可以采用如下方式:首先采用开放式掩膜版(Open Mask,简称OPM)的蒸镀工艺或者采用喷墨打印工艺依次形成空穴注入层、空穴传输层和电子阻挡层,在显示基板上形成空穴注入层、空穴传输层和电子阻挡层的共通层。随后采用精细金属掩模版(Fine Metal Mask,简称FMM)的蒸镀工艺或者采用喷墨打印工艺,在不同的子像素形成不同的发光层,相邻子像素的发光层可以有少量的交叠(例如,交叠部分占各自发光层图案的面积小于10%),或者可以是隔离的。随后采用开放式掩膜版的蒸镀工艺或者采用喷墨打印工艺依次形成空穴阻挡层、电子传输层和电子注入层,在显示基板上形成空穴阻挡层、电子传输层和电子注入层的共通层。In an exemplary embodiment, the organic light-emitting layer can be prepared in the following manner: first, an open mask (OPM) evaporation process is used or an inkjet printing process is used to sequentially form a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer. layer and an electron blocking layer, forming a common layer of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer and an electron blocking layer on the display substrate. Then, the evaporation process of Fine Metal Mask (FMM) or the inkjet printing process is used to form different luminescent layers in different sub-pixels. The luminescent layers of adjacent sub-pixels can have a small amount of overlap ( For example, the overlapping portion accounts for less than 10% of the area of the respective light-emitting layer patterns), or may be isolated. The hole blocking layer, electron transport layer and electron injection layer are then sequentially formed using an open mask evaporation process or an inkjet printing process, and the hole blocking layer, electron transport layer and electron injection layer are formed on the display substrate. Common layer.
在示例性实施方式中,有机发光层中可以包括微腔调节层,使得阴极和阳极之间有机发光层的厚度满足微腔长度的设计。在一些示例性实施方式中,可以采用空穴传输层、电子阻挡层、空穴阻挡层或电子传输层作为微腔调节层,本公开在此不做限定。In an exemplary embodiment, a microcavity adjustment layer may be included in the organic light-emitting layer so that the thickness of the organic light-emitting layer between the cathode and the anode meets the design of the microcavity length. In some exemplary embodiments, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, a hole blocking layer or an electron transport layer can be used as the microcavity adjustment layer, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
在示例性实施方式中,发光层可以包括主体(Host)材料和掺杂在主体材料中的客体 (Dopant)材料,发光层客体材料的掺杂比例为1%至20%。在该掺杂比例范围内,一方面发光层主体材料可将激子能量有效转移给发光层客体材料来激发发光层客体材料发光,另一方面发光层主体材料对发光层客体材料进行了“稀释”,有效改善了发光层客体材料分子间相互碰撞、以及能量间相互碰撞引起的荧光淬灭,提高了发光效率和器件寿命。在示例性实施方式中,掺杂比例是指客体材料的质量与发光层的质量之比,即质量百分比。在示例性实施方式中,可以通过多源蒸镀工艺共同蒸镀主体材料和客体材料,使主体材料和客体材料均匀分散在发光层中,可以在蒸镀过程中通过控制客体材料的蒸镀速率来调控掺杂比例,或者通过控制主体材料和客体材料的蒸镀速率比来调控掺杂比例。在示例性实施方式中,发光层的厚度可以约为10nm至50nm。In an exemplary embodiment, the light emitting layer may include a host material and a guest doped in the host material. (Dopant) material, the doping ratio of the guest material of the light-emitting layer is 1% to 20%. Within this doping ratio range, on the one hand, the host material of the light-emitting layer can effectively transfer the exciton energy to the guest material of the light-emitting layer to stimulate the guest material of the light-emitting layer to emit light; on the other hand, the host material of the light-emitting layer "dilutes the guest material of the light-emitting layer""It effectively improves the fluorescence quenching caused by the collision between molecules of the guest material in the light-emitting layer and the collision between energy, and improves the luminous efficiency and device life. In exemplary embodiments, the doping ratio refers to the ratio of the mass of the guest material to the mass of the light-emitting layer, that is, the mass percentage. In an exemplary embodiment, the host material and the guest material can be co-evaporated through a multi-source evaporation process, so that the host material and the guest material are evenly dispersed in the light-emitting layer, and the evaporation rate of the guest material can be controlled during the evaporation process. To control the doping ratio, or to control the doping ratio by controlling the evaporation rate ratio of the host material and the guest material. In exemplary embodiments, the thickness of the light emitting layer may be approximately 10 nm to 50 nm.
在示例性实施方式中,空穴注入层可以采用无机的氧化物,如钼氧化物、钛氧化物、钒氧化物、铼氧化物、钌氧化物、铬氧化物、锆氧化物、铪氧化物、钽氧化物、银氧化物、钨氧化物或锰氧化物,或者可以采用强吸电子体系的p型掺杂剂和空穴传输材料的掺杂物,空穴注入层的厚度可以约为5nm至20nm。In exemplary embodiments, the hole injection layer may use inorganic oxides, such as molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, and hafnium oxide. , tantalum oxide, silver oxide, tungsten oxide or manganese oxide, or a p-type dopant of a strong electron-withdrawing system and a dopant of a hole transport material can be used, and the thickness of the hole injection layer can be about 5nm to 20nm.
在示例性实施方式中,在示例性实施方式中,空穴传输层可以采用空穴迁移率较高的材料,如芳胺类化合物,其取代基团可以是咔唑、甲基芴、螺芴、二苯并噻吩或呋喃等,空穴传输层的厚度可以约为40nm至150nm。In an exemplary embodiment, the hole transport layer may use a material with a high hole mobility, such as an aromatic amine compound, and its substituent may be carbazole, methylfluorene, or spirofluene. , dibenzothiophene or furan, etc., the thickness of the hole transport layer can be about 40nm to 150nm.
在示例性实施方式中,空穴阻挡层和电子传输层可以采用芳族杂环化合物,例如苯并咪唑衍生物、咪唑并吡啶衍生物、苯并咪唑并菲啶衍生物等咪唑衍生物;嘧啶衍生物、三嗪衍生物等嗪衍生物;喹啉衍生物、异喹啉衍生物、菲咯啉衍生物等包含含氮六元环结构的化合物(也包括在杂环上具有氧化膦系的取代基的化合物)等。在示例性实施方式中,空穴阻挡层的厚度可以约为5nm至15nm,电子传输层的厚度可以约为20nm至50nm。In exemplary embodiments, the hole blocking layer and the electron transport layer may use aromatic heterocyclic compounds, such as benzimidazole derivatives, imidazopyridine derivatives, benziimidazophenanthridine derivatives and other imidazole derivatives; pyrimidine Derivatives, triazine derivatives and other oxazine derivatives; quinoline derivatives, isoquinoline derivatives, phenanthroline derivatives and other compounds containing a nitrogen-containing six-membered ring structure (also including compounds with a phosphine oxide system on the heterocyclic ring) Substituent compounds), etc. In exemplary embodiments, the hole blocking layer may have a thickness of approximately 5 nm to 15 nm, and the electron transport layer may have a thickness of approximately 20 nm to 50 nm.
在示例性实施方式中,电子注入层可以采用碱金属或者金属,例如氟化锂(LiF)、镱(Yb)、镁(Mg)或钙(Ca)等材料,或者这些碱金属或者金属的化合物等,电子注入层的厚度可以约为0.5nm至2nm。In exemplary embodiments, the electron injection layer may use alkali metals or metals, such as lithium fluoride (LiF), ytterbium (Yb), magnesium (Mg) or calcium (Ca), or compounds of these alkali metals or metals. etc., the thickness of the electron injection layer may be about 0.5nm to 2nm.
在示例性实施方式中,阴极可以采用镁(Mg)、银(Ag)、铝(Al)、铜(Cu)和锂(Li)中的任意一种或多种,或采用上述金属中任意一种或多种制成的合金。In an exemplary embodiment, the cathode may be made of any one or more of magnesium (Mg), silver (Ag), aluminum (Al), copper (Cu), and lithium (Li), or any one of the above metals. made of one or more alloys.
在一些可能的示例性实施方式中,可以在形成阴极图案后形成光学耦合层图案,光学耦合层设置在阴极上,光学耦合层的折射率可以大于阴极的折射率,有利于光取出并增加出光效率,光学耦合层的材料可以采用有机材料,或者采用无机材料,或者采用有机材料和无机材料,可以是单层、多层或复合层,本公开在此不做限定。In some possible exemplary embodiments, the optical coupling layer pattern can be formed after the cathode pattern is formed. The optical coupling layer is disposed on the cathode. The refractive index of the optical coupling layer can be greater than the refractive index of the cathode, which is beneficial to light extraction and increases light extraction. Efficiency, the material of the optical coupling layer can be made of organic materials, or inorganic materials, or organic materials and inorganic materials, and can be a single layer, multi-layer or composite layer, which is not limited by this disclosure.
(3)形成封装结构层图案。在示例性实施方式中,形成封装结构层图案可以包括:在形成前述图案的基底上,先利用开放式掩膜板采用沉积方式沉积第一封装薄膜,随后利用干刻对第一封装薄膜进行图案化,形成包括第三光处理结构的第一子层24。或者,可以在沉积第一封装薄膜后涂覆第三光学胶,通过光刻工艺使第三光学胶形成第三光处理结构。在示例性实施方式中,可以对光学胶进行掺杂,以获得具有第四折射率的第三光学胶。随后利用开放式掩膜板采用喷墨打印工艺打印第二封装材料,形成第二子层25。随后利用开放式掩膜板采用沉积方式沉积第三封装薄膜,形成第三子层26。(3) Form the packaging structure layer pattern. In an exemplary embodiment, forming the encapsulation structure layer pattern may include: first depositing a first encapsulation film using an open mask using a deposition method on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and then patterning the first encapsulation film using dry etching. to form a first sub-layer 24 including a third light processing structure. Alternatively, the third optical glue may be coated after depositing the first packaging film, and the third optical glue may be formed into a third light processing structure through a photolithography process. In an exemplary embodiment, the optical glue may be doped to obtain a third optical glue having a fourth refractive index. Then, an open mask is used to print the second packaging material using an inkjet printing process to form the second sub-layer 25 . Then, an open mask is used to deposit a third packaging film using a deposition method to form the third sub-layer 26 .
至此,制备完成封装结构层图案,如图18所示,图18为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。At this point, the packaging structural layer pattern is prepared, as shown in Figure 18. Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in Figure 3, illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
在示例性实施方式中,封装结构层的第一子层24可以包括多个第三光处理结构,多个第三光处理结构可以设置在多个发光器件23远离基底10的一侧,多个第三光处理结构的位置可以和多个发光器件23的位置一一对应。第二子层25可以设置在多个第三光处理 结构远离基底10的一侧,第二子层25可以覆盖多个第三光处理结构。第三子层26可以设置在第二子层25远离基底10的一侧,第三子层26可以覆盖第二子层25。In an exemplary embodiment, the first sub-layer 24 of the packaging structure layer may include a plurality of third light processing structures, and the plurality of third light processing structures may be disposed on a side of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 away from the substrate 10, and a plurality of third light processing structures may be disposed on a side of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 away from the substrate 10. The position of the third light processing structure may correspond to the positions of the plurality of light emitting devices 23 one-to-one. The second sub-layer 25 may be disposed in a plurality of third light processing On the side of the structure away from the substrate 10, the second sub-layer 25 may cover a plurality of third light processing structures. The third sub-layer 26 may be disposed on a side of the second sub-layer 25 away from the substrate 10 , and the third sub-layer 26 may cover the second sub-layer 25 .
在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构在基底10上的正投影与对应的像素开口在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的像素开口在基底10上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate 10 may include the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,发光器件23发出的光线在经过第三光处理结构后可以向像素开口中心方向偏转,能够使更多的光线照射到红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层,有助于更好地激发量子点材料产生对应颜色的光线,也能够使经过透光层的蓝色光线更加集中,提升出光效率。在示例性实施方式中,像素开口中心可以是像素开口的几何中心。在示例性实施方式中,可以根据实际像素形貌或工艺需求设置第三光处理结构的形状,在平行于基底的平面内,第三光处理结构的形状可以为如下任意一种或多种:三角形、矩形、五边形、六边形、圆形和椭圆形,在垂直于基底的平面内,第三光处理结构的截面形状可以包括梯形、倒梯形或者蘑菇形(T形)等,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the light emitted by the light-emitting device 23 can be deflected toward the center of the pixel opening after passing through the third light processing structure, allowing more light to illuminate the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer, which helps Better excitation of quantum dot materials to produce light of corresponding colors can also make the blue light passing through the light-transmitting layer more concentrated and improve the light extraction efficiency. In an exemplary embodiment, the pixel opening center may be the geometric center of the pixel opening. In an exemplary embodiment, the shape of the third light processing structure can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements. In a plane parallel to the substrate, the shape of the third light processing structure can be any one or more of the following: Triangular, rectangular, pentagonal, hexagonal, circular and elliptical, in a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure may include trapezoid, inverted trapezoid or mushroom shape (T-shape), etc., this There are no restrictions on disclosure.
在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构的第四折射率可以大于第二子层25的第五折射率,光线在从第三光处理结构入射到第二子层25时的折射角小于入射角,使得相对于入射光线,进入到第二子层25的光线向像素开口中心的方向偏转,如图9A所示。第三光处理结构的第四折射率与第二子层25的第五折射率相差越大,进入到第二子层25的光线向像素开口中心方向偏转的程度越大。In an exemplary embodiment, the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure may be greater than the fifth refractive index of the second sub-layer 25 , and the refraction angle of light when incident from the third light processing structure to the second sub-layer 25 is less than The incident angle is such that, relative to the incident light, the light entering the second sub-layer 25 is deflected toward the center of the pixel opening, as shown in FIG. 9A . The greater the difference between the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure and the fifth refractive index of the second sub-layer 25, the greater the deflection of light entering the second sub-layer 25 toward the center of the pixel opening.
在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构的第四折射率可以设置为大于或等于1.7且小于或等于1.8。在垂直于基底的平面内,第三光处理结构的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G3,下底的长度为E3,高为F3,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.75<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9。In an exemplary embodiment, the fourth refractive index of the third light processing structure may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8. In a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3, the length of the lower base is E3, and the height is F3. The geometric size relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.75< (F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9.
在示例性实施例中,第一封装薄膜和第三封装薄膜可以采用硅氧化物(SiOx)、硅氮化物(SiNx)和氮氧化硅(SiON)中的任意一种或多种,可以是单层、多层或复合层,可以保证外界水氧无法进入发光结构层,沉积方式可以采用化学气相沉积(CVD)或者原子层沉积(ALD)等方式。第二封装薄膜可以采用有机材料,如树脂等,起到包覆显示基板各个膜层的作用,以提高结构稳定性和平坦性。In an exemplary embodiment, the first packaging film and the third packaging film may be made of any one or more of silicon oxide (SiOx), silicon nitride (SiNx), and silicon oxynitride (SiON), and may be a single material. Layers, multi-layers or composite layers can ensure that external water and oxygen cannot enter the light-emitting structure layer. The deposition method can be chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or atomic layer deposition (ALD). The second packaging film can be made of organic materials, such as resin, etc., and plays the role of covering each film layer of the display substrate to improve structural stability and flatness.
(4)依次形成光转换层30和平坦层40图案。(4) Patterns of the light conversion layer 30 and the flat layer 40 are formed in sequence.
在示例性实施方式中,形成光转换层30图案可以包括:在形成前述图案的基底上,先涂覆黑矩阵薄膜,通过图案化工艺对黑矩阵薄膜进行图案化,形成第一黑矩阵图案,第一黑矩阵图案至少可以包括多个第一黑矩阵31,多个第一黑矩阵31可以间隔设置,在相邻的第一黑矩阵31之间形成透光开口。随后,可以采用旋涂、喷墨打印等工艺,在第一黑矩阵31形成的透光开口内分别形成多个红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层。随后,形成平坦层40。平坦层40的材料可以采用光学胶等有机材料,或者可以采用无机材料,本公开对此不做限制。In an exemplary embodiment, forming the light conversion layer 30 pattern may include: first coating a black matrix film on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and patterning the black matrix film through a patterning process to form a first black matrix pattern, The first black matrix pattern may at least include a plurality of first black matrices 31 , and the plurality of first black matrices 31 may be arranged at intervals to form light-transmitting openings between adjacent first black matrices 31 . Subsequently, processes such as spin coating and inkjet printing can be used to form a plurality of red quantum dot layers, green quantum dot layers and light-transmitting layers respectively in the light-transmitting openings formed by the first black matrix 31 . Subsequently, the flat layer 40 is formed. The material of the flat layer 40 may be organic materials such as optical glue, or may be inorganic materials, and this disclosure does not limit this.
至此,制备完成光转换层30和平坦层40图案,如图19所示,图19为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。At this point, the light conversion layer 30 and the flat layer 40 patterns are prepared, as shown in Figure 19. Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in Figure 3, illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
在示例性实施方式中,光转换层30可以至少包括多个第一黑矩阵31和多个量子点层32。多个第一黑矩阵31和多个量子点层32可以设置在显示结构层20远离基底10的一侧,多个第一黑矩阵31可以间隔设置,在相邻的第一黑矩阵31之间形成透光开口,多个量子 点层32可以间隔设置,并可以设置在多个透光开口内,例如,单个量子点层32可以设置在单个透光开口内,形成由第一黑矩阵31隔开的量子点层阵列,第一黑矩阵31位于相邻的量子点层32之间。In an exemplary embodiment, the light conversion layer 30 may include at least a plurality of first black matrices 31 and a plurality of quantum dot layers 32 . A plurality of first black matrices 31 and a plurality of quantum dot layers 32 may be disposed on the side of the display structure layer 20 away from the substrate 10 , and the plurality of first black matrices 31 may be disposed at intervals between adjacent first black matrices 31 Forming light-transmitting openings, multiple quantum The dot layers 32 can be arranged at intervals and can be arranged in multiple light-transmitting openings. For example, a single quantum dot layer 32 can be arranged in a single light-transmitting opening to form an array of quantum dot layers separated by the first black matrix 31. A black matrix 31 is located between adjacent quantum dot layers 32 .
在示例性实施方式中,显示结构层20可以设置蓝色发光器件,多个量子点层32可以包括发出红色光线的红色量子点层、发出绿色光线的绿色量子点层和透光层,透光层至少可以透过蓝色光线。红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层分别与显示结构层20中设置的蓝色发光器件相对应,红色量子点层可以位于红色子像素(第三子像素P3)所在区域,绿色量子点层可以位于绿色子像素(第二子像素P2)所在区域,透光层可以位于蓝色子像素(第一子像素P1)所在区域。蓝色发光器件发出的光线激发红色量子点层后发出红光,蓝色发光器件发出的光线激发绿色量子点层后发出绿光,蓝色发光器件发出的光线经过透光层后仍为蓝光,从而能够利用出射的红光、绿光和蓝光进行图像显示。In an exemplary embodiment, the display structure layer 20 may be provided with a blue light-emitting device, and the plurality of quantum dot layers 32 may include a red quantum dot layer that emits red light, a green quantum dot layer that emits green light, and a light-transmitting layer. The layer is at least transparent to blue light. The red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer respectively correspond to the blue light-emitting device provided in the display structure layer 20. The red quantum dot layer can be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (third sub-pixel P3) is located, and the green quantum dot layer can be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (third sub-pixel P3) is located. The dot layer may be located in the area where the green sub-pixel (second sub-pixel P2) is located, and the light-transmitting layer may be located in the area where the blue sub-pixel (first sub-pixel P1) is located. The light emitted by the blue light-emitting device excites the red quantum dot layer and emits red light. The light emitted by the blue light-emitting device excites the green quantum dot layer and emits green light. The light emitted by the blue light-emitting device remains blue light after passing through the light-transmitting layer. Thus, the emitted red light, green light and blue light can be used for image display.
像素定义层22包括多个像素开口,像素开口形成发光区,相邻发光区之间为像素坝。在垂直于基底的平面上,像素坝的截面形状可以为梯形,像素坝的下底长度为A,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投影的长度为B,相邻像素坝之间的像素开口长度为C,即像素坝在基底上正投影的长度为A。在示例性实施方式中,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投影的长度B可以小于或等于8微米,在其它实施方式中,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投影的长度B可以小于或等于5微米。在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构在基底上的正投影可以包含像素开口在基底的正投影,第三光处理结构和像素开口的尺寸关系满足:C≤G3<E3<C+8,式中数字的单位为微米,能够使更多的光进入到对应的量子点层。在示例性实施方式中,在垂直于基底的平面内,量子点层32的截面长度可以表示为D,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,绿色量子点层的截面长度为Dg,相邻的红色量子点层与绿色量子点层之间第一黑矩阵31的截面长度为Db。在示例性实施方式中,可以设置Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A,能够确保第三光处理结构的坡面出射的光尽可能多的入射到对应的红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层中。以红色量子点层为例,如图11所示,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,像素开口长度为C,二者的关系可以为C<Dr<16+C,式中数字的单位为微米,量子点层32在基底10上的正投影与对应的像素开口在基底10上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离小于或等于8微米。绿色量子点层及透光层与像素开口长度C的关系可以与红色量子点层的情况相同。The pixel definition layer 22 includes a plurality of pixel openings, the pixel openings form light-emitting areas, and pixel dams are formed between adjacent light-emitting areas. On a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the pixel dam can be a trapezoid, the length of the bottom of the pixel dam is A, the length of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the base is B, and the length between adjacent pixel dams is The length of the pixel opening is C, that is, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A. In an exemplary embodiment, the length B of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope surface of the pixel dam on the substrate may be less than or equal to 8 microns. In other embodiments, the length B of the orthogonal projection of the trapezoidal slope surface of the pixel dam on the substrate Can be less than or equal to 5 microns. In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate may include the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C≤G3<E3<C+8 , the unit of the number in the formula is micron, which can allow more light to enter the corresponding quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be represented as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, and the cross-sectional length of the adjacent quantum dot layer 32 is Dg. The cross-sectional length of the first black matrix 31 between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db. In an exemplary embodiment, Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A can be set to ensure that as much light as possible emitted from the slope of the third light processing structure is incident on the corresponding red quantum dot layer or green quantum dot. layer. Taking the red quantum dot layer as an example, as shown in Figure 11, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr and the pixel opening length is C. The relationship between the two can be C<Dr<16+C, and the unit of the number in the formula is microns, the distance between the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer 32 on the substrate 10 and the adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 is less than or equal to 8 microns. The relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length C can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
(5)形成光处理层50图案。(5) Form the light processing layer 50 pattern.
在示例性实施方式中,形成光处理层50图案可以包括:在形成前述图案的基底上,先采用沉积方式沉积第二光学薄膜,随后对第二光学薄膜进行图案化,形成第二光处理结构53。或者,可以在形成前述图案的基底上涂覆第二光学胶,通过光刻工艺使第二光学胶形成第二光处理结构53。在示例性实施方式中,可以在光学胶中进行掺杂,以获得具有第三折射率的第二光学胶。In an exemplary embodiment, forming the pattern of the light processing layer 50 may include: first depositing a second optical film by deposition on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and then patterning the second optical film to form a second light processing structure. 53. Alternatively, a second optical glue may be coated on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and the second optical glue may be formed into the second light processing structure 53 through a photolithography process. In an exemplary embodiment, doping may be performed in the optical glue to obtain a second optical glue having a third refractive index.
随后采用沉积方式沉积第一光学薄膜,随后对第一光学薄膜进行图案化,形成第一光处理结构51。或者,可以在形成前述图案的基底上涂覆第一光学胶,通过光刻工艺使第一光学胶形成第一光处理结构51。在示例性实施方式中,可以在光学胶中进行掺杂,以获得具有第一折射率的第一光学胶。随后沉积第三光学薄膜,形成覆盖多个第一光处理结构51的覆盖层52。Then, a first optical film is deposited by a deposition method, and then the first optical film is patterned to form a first light processing structure 51 . Alternatively, the first optical glue can be coated on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and the first optical glue can be used to form the first light processing structure 51 through a photolithography process. In an exemplary embodiment, doping may be performed in the optical glue to obtain a first optical glue having a first refractive index. A third optical film is then deposited to form a covering layer 52 covering the plurality of first light processing structures 51 .
在示例性实施例中,第一光学薄膜、第二光学薄膜和第三光学薄膜可以采用硅氧化物(SiOx)、硅氮化物(SiNx)和氮氧化硅(SiON)中的任意一种或多种,可以是单层、多层或复合层,沉积方式可以采用化学气相沉积(CVD)或者原子层沉积(ALD)等方式。 In an exemplary embodiment, the first optical film, the second optical film and the third optical film may be made of any one or more of silicon oxide (SiOx), silicon nitride (SiNx) and silicon oxynitride (SiON). It can be a single layer, multiple layers or composite layers, and the deposition method can be chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or atomic layer deposition (ALD).
至此,制备完成光处理层50图案,如图20所示,图20为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。At this point, the pattern of the light processing layer 50 is prepared, as shown in FIG. 20 . FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in FIG. 3 , illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
在示例性实施方式中,光处理层50可以包括设置在光转换层30远离基底10一侧的多个第二光处理结构53,设置在第二光处理结构53远离基底10一侧的多个第一光处理结构51和设置在第一光处理结构51远离基底10一侧的覆盖层52。多个第二光处理结构53的位置可以与多个第一黑矩阵31的位置一一对应设置。多个第一光处理结构51的位置和多个红色量子点层、绿色量子点层的位置可以一一对应。覆盖层52可以设置在多个第一光处理结构51远离基底10的一侧,覆盖层52可以覆盖多个第一光处理结构51和多个第二光处理结构53。In an exemplary embodiment, the light processing layer 50 may include a plurality of second light processing structures 53 disposed on a side of the light conversion layer 30 away from the substrate 10 , and a plurality of second light processing structures 53 disposed on a side of the second light processing structure 53 away from the substrate 10 . The first light processing structure 51 and the covering layer 52 provided on the side of the first light processing structure 51 away from the substrate 10 . The positions of the plurality of second light processing structures 53 may be set in one-to-one correspondence with the positions of the plurality of first black matrices 31 . The positions of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 can correspond to the positions of the plurality of red quantum dot layers and green quantum dot layers. The covering layer 52 may be disposed on a side of the plurality of first light processing structures 51 away from the substrate 10 , and the covering layer 52 may cover the plurality of first light processing structures 51 and the plurality of second light processing structures 53 .
在示例性实施方式中,覆盖层52远离基底10一侧的表面可以为平坦化表面。In an exemplary embodiment, the surface of the covering layer 52 on the side away from the substrate 10 may be a planarized surface.
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影可以与对应的第一黑矩阵31在基底10上的正投影存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the corresponding orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的第一黑矩阵31在基底10上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 may include the corresponding orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 At least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与透光层在基底10上的正投影没有交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 does not overlap with the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影至少部分交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 The orthographic projection at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以包含对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may include an orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 , and the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may Contains the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影可以基本上重合,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影与对应的绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影可以基本上重合。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide with the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 . The orthographic projection and the orthographic projection of the corresponding green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 may substantially coincide.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51在基底10上的正投影可以与第一黑矩阵31在基底10上的正投影存在交叠。In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the first light processing structure 51 on the substrate 10 may overlap with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix 31 on the substrate 10 .
在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向红色量子点层中心的方向偏转、绿色量子点层发出的光线在经过第一光处理结构51后向绿色量子点层中心的方向偏转,能够提高子像素的出光效率。在示例性实施方式中,红色量子点层中心可以是红色量子点层的几何中心,绿色量子点层中心可以是绿色量子点层的几何中心。在示例性实施方式中,可以根据实际像素形貌或工艺需求设置第一光处理结构51的形状,在平行于显示基板的平面上,第一光处理结构51的形状可以为如下任意一种或多种:三角形、矩形、五边形、六边形、圆形和椭圆形,在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以包括梯形、倒梯形或者蘑菇形(T形)等,本公开对此不作限制。图7A中示意了光线直接从第一光处理结构51射出的情况,这种情况可以参见图4A中的描述,在此不再赘述。In an exemplary embodiment, the light emitted by the red quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer after passing through the first light processing structure 51 , and the light emitted by the green quantum dot layer is deflected toward the center after passing through the first light processing structure 51 . The direction deflection at the center of the green quantum dot layer can improve the light extraction efficiency of the sub-pixels. In an exemplary embodiment, the center of the red quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the red quantum dot layer, and the center of the green quantum dot layer may be the geometric center of the green quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be set according to the actual pixel topography or process requirements. On a plane parallel to the display substrate, the shape of the first light processing structure 51 can be any one of the following or Various shapes: triangle, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon, circle and ellipse. In a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may include a trapezoid, an inverted trapezoid or a mushroom shape (T-shape). ), etc., this disclosure does not limit this. FIG. 7A illustrates the situation where light is directly emitted from the first light processing structure 51. For this situation, please refer to the description in FIG. 4A and will not be described again.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以设置为大于或等于 1.75且小于或等于1.85。在垂直于基底的平面内,第一光处理结构51的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.76<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.984,式中数字的单位为微米。在示例性实施方式中,在垂直于基底的平面内,量子点层32的截面长度可以表示为D,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,绿色量子点层的截面长度为Dg。可以将第一光处理结构51的上底长度G1设置为大于或等于对应的量子点层32的截面长度D,能够保证红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层的光线更多地入射到第一光处理结构51中,使光转换层发出的光线更集中,增大红光和绿光的亮度随角度变化的衰减程度,且有助于提升整体出光效率;而在其它实施方式中,可以将第一光处理结构51的上底长度G1设置为小于对应的量子点层32的截面长度D,有助于更好地调控亮度衰减和角度的关系,以减小白光色偏。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第一光处理结构51的上底长度与对应的红色量子点层截面长度Dr的关系,可以根据需要设置第一光处理结构51的上底长度与对应的绿色量子点层截面长度Dg的关系,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85. In a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure 51 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, the length of the lower base is E1, and the height is F1. The geometric dimension relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.76. <(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.984, the unit of the number in the formula is micron. In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be denoted as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, and the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg. The upper and lower length G1 of the first light processing structure 51 can be set to be greater than or equal to the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which can ensure that more light from the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer is incident on the first light. In the processing structure 51, the light emitted by the light conversion layer is more concentrated, increasing the degree of attenuation of the brightness of red light and green light with angle changes, and helping to improve the overall light extraction efficiency; in other embodiments, the second The top and bottom length G1 of a light processing structure 51 is set to be smaller than the cross-sectional length D of the corresponding quantum dot layer 32, which helps to better control the relationship between brightness attenuation and angle to reduce white light color cast. In practical applications, the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding cross-sectional length Dr of the red quantum dot layer can be set as needed, and the relationship between the upper and lower length of the first light processing structure 51 and the corresponding green quantum dot layer can be set as needed. The present disclosure does not limit the relationship between the cross-sectional length Dg of the quantum dot layer.
在示例性实施方式中,第一光处理结构51的第一折射率n51可以大于第二光处理结构53的第三折射率n53,且第二入射角θi2>全反射临界角β,全反射临界角β=arcsin(n53/n51)。In an exemplary embodiment, the first refractive index n51 of the first light processing structure 51 may be greater than the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53, and the second incident angle θi2>total reflection critical angle β, total reflection critical angle Angle β=arcsin(n53/n51).
在示例性实施方式中,光线以第二入射角θi2入射到第一光处理结构51与第二光处理结构53的交界面,由于第二入射角θi2大于全反射临界角β,入射光发生全反射,以第二反射角θo2重新进入第一光处理结构51,重新进入第一光处理结构51的光线实现向子像素中心的方向偏转,第二入射角θi2=第二反射角θo2。In the exemplary embodiment, the light is incident on the interface of the first light processing structure 51 and the second light processing structure 53 at the second incident angle θi2. Since the second incident angle θi2 is greater than the total reflection critical angle β, the incident light is completely reflected. Reflected, the light re-enters the first light processing structure 51 at the second reflection angle θo2. The light re-entering the first light processing structure 51 is deflected toward the center of the sub-pixel, and the second incident angle θi2 = the second reflection angle θo2.
在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53的第三折射率n53可以设置为大于或等于1.42且小于或等于1.53。在垂直于基底的平面内,第二光处理结构53的截面形状可以为梯形,该梯形上底的长度为G2,下底的长度为E2,高为F2,该梯形的几何尺寸关系可以为0.766<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939。在示例性实施方式中,在第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影存在交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影存在交叠的情况下,投影之间交叠的面积越大,随角度变化的亮度衰减速度越快。在示例性实施方式中,在第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影不存在交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影不存在交叠的情况下,投影之间的相邻边界之间的距离越远,随角度变化的亮度衰减速度越慢。在实际应用中,可以根据需要设置第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层在基底10上的正投影的位置关系,本公开对此不作限制。In an exemplary embodiment, the third refractive index n53 of the second light processing structure 53 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53. In a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure 53 may be a trapezoid. The length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2, the length of the lower base is E2, and the height is F2. The geometric size relationship of the trapezoid may be 0.766. <(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939. In an exemplary embodiment, there is an overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 . The orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 In the case where there is overlap with the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the larger the overlap area between the projections, the faster the brightness attenuation speed changes with the angle. In an exemplary embodiment, there is no overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 . In the case where there is no overlap between the projection and the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10, the farther the distance between adjacent boundaries between the projections, the slower the brightness attenuation speed with angle changes. In practical applications, the positional relationship between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer or the green quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 can be set as needed, and this disclosure does not limit this.
在示例性实施方式中,光处理结构可以只包含第二光处理结构53,来自红色量子点层的光线在第二光处理结构53的反射作用下能够向红色量子点层的中心偏转,绿色量子点层的光线在第二光处理结构53的反射作用下能够向绿色量子点层的中心偏转,从而提高了出光效率。In an exemplary embodiment, the light processing structure may only include the second light processing structure 53. The light from the red quantum dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the red quantum dot layer under the reflection of the second light processing structure 53. The green quantum dot layer The light from the dot layer can be deflected toward the center of the green quantum dot layer under the reflection of the second light processing structure 53, thereby improving the light extraction efficiency.
在示例性实施方式中,覆盖层52的第二折射率可以设置为大于或等于1.4且小于或等于1.55。覆盖层52的厚度H可以满足F1+F2+1<H<F1+F2+1.5,关系式中数字的单位为微米。In an exemplary embodiment, the second refractive index of the covering layer 52 may be set to be greater than or equal to 1.4 and less than or equal to 1.55. The thickness H of the covering layer 52 can satisfy F1+F2+1<H<F1+F2+1.5, and the unit of the number in the relational expression is micrometer.
像素定义层22包括多个像素开口,像素开口形成发光区,相邻发光区之间为像素坝。在垂直于基底的平面上,像素坝的截面形状可以为梯形,像素坝的下底长度为A,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投影的长度为B,相邻像素坝之间的像素开口长度为C,即像素坝在基底上正投影的长度为A。在示例性实施方式中,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投 影的长度B可以小于或等于8微米,在其它实施方式中,像素坝的梯形坡面在基底上的正投影的长度B可以小于或等于5微米。在示例性实施方式中,第三光处理结构在基底上的正投影可以包含像素开口在基底的正投影,第三光处理结构和像素开口的尺寸关系满足:C≤G3<E3<C+8,式中数字的单位为微米,能够使更多的光进入到对应的量子点层。在示例性实施方式中,在垂直于基底的平面内,量子点层32的截面长度可以表示为D,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,绿色量子点层的截面长度为Dg,相邻的红色量子点层与绿色量子点层之间第一黑矩阵31的截面长度为Db。在示例性实施方式中,可以设置Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A,能够确保第三光处理结构的坡面出射的光尽可能多的入射到对应的红色量子点层或者绿色量子点层中。以红色量子点层为例,如图11所示,红色量子点层的截面长度为Dr,像素开口长度为C,二者的关系可以为C<Dr<16+C,式中数字的单位为微米,量子点层32在基底10上的正投影与对应的像素开口在基底10上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离小于或等于8微米。绿色量子点层及透光层与像素开口长度C的关系可以与红色量子点层的情况可以相同。The pixel definition layer 22 includes a plurality of pixel openings, the pixel openings form light-emitting areas, and pixel dams are formed between adjacent light-emitting areas. On a plane perpendicular to the base, the cross-sectional shape of the pixel dam can be a trapezoid, the length of the bottom of the pixel dam is A, the length of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the base is B, and the length between adjacent pixel dams is The length of the pixel opening is C, that is, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A. In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the substrate The length B of the shadow may be less than or equal to 8 microns. In other embodiments, the length B of the orthographic projection of the trapezoidal slope of the pixel dam on the substrate may be less than or equal to 5 microns. In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the third light processing structure on the substrate may include the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C≤G3<E3<C+8 , the unit of the number in the formula is micron, which can allow more light to enter the corresponding quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional length of the quantum dot layer 32 may be represented as D, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, and the cross-sectional length of the adjacent quantum dot layer 32 is Dg. The cross-sectional length of the first black matrix 31 between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db. In an exemplary embodiment, Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A can be set to ensure that as much light as possible emitted from the slope of the third light processing structure is incident on the corresponding red quantum dot layer or green quantum dot. layer. Taking the red quantum dot layer as an example, as shown in Figure 11, the cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr and the pixel opening length is C. The relationship between the two can be C<Dr<16+C, and the unit of the number in the formula is microns, the distance between the orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer 32 on the substrate 10 and the adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 is less than or equal to 8 microns. The relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length C can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
在示例性实施方式中,如图11所示,红色量子点层在基底10上的正投影与对应像素开口在基底10上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离a可以大于或等于5.5微米且小于或等于9微米,绿色量子点层及透光层与像素开口长度的关系可以与红色量子点层的情况相同。在示例性实施方式中,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与像素开口在基底10上的正投影可以没有交叠,第二光处理结构53在基底10上的正投影与像素开口在基底10上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离可以设置为大于或等于4微米且小于或等于6微米。In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 , the distance a between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the corresponding pixel opening on the substrate 10 may be greater than or equal to 5.5 microns. And less than or equal to 9 microns, the relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer. In an exemplary embodiment, the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 and the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate 10 may not overlap, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure 53 on the substrate 10 does not overlap with that of the pixel opening. The distance between adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the opening on the substrate 10 may be set to be greater than or equal to 4 micrometers and less than or equal to 6 micrometers.
在示例性实施方式中,以红色量子点层为例,第一光处理结构51与红色量子点层的尺寸关系还满足:Dr<G1<E1<A+C。绿色量子点层及透光层与像素开口长度的关系可以与红色量子点层的情况相同。In an exemplary embodiment, taking the red quantum dot layer as an example, the size relationship between the first light processing structure 51 and the red quantum dot layer also satisfies: Dr<G1<E1<A+C. The relationship between the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer and the pixel opening length can be the same as that of the red quantum dot layer.
(6)形成彩膜层60以及模组层70图案。(6) Form the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 patterns.
在示例性实施方式中,形成彩膜层60图案可以包括:在形成前述图案的基底上,先涂覆黑矩阵薄膜,通过图案化工艺对黑矩阵薄膜进行图案化,形成第二黑矩阵图案,第二黑矩阵图案至少可以包括多个第二黑矩阵61,多个第二黑矩阵61可以间隔设置,在相邻的第二黑矩阵61之间形成透光开口。随后,依次涂覆红色滤光薄膜、蓝色滤光薄膜和绿色滤光薄膜,通过图案化工艺单独对红色滤光薄膜、蓝色滤光薄膜和绿色滤光薄膜进行图案化,在第二黑矩阵1形成的透光开口内分别形成多个滤光层。随后可以利用模组段的工艺制备模组层70。In an exemplary embodiment, forming the color filter layer 60 pattern may include: first coating a black matrix film on the substrate on which the foregoing pattern is formed, and patterning the black matrix film through a patterning process to form a second black matrix pattern; The second black matrix pattern may at least include a plurality of second black matrices 61 , and the plurality of second black matrices 61 may be arranged at intervals to form light-transmitting openings between adjacent second black matrices 61 . Subsequently, the red filter film, the blue filter film and the green filter film are sequentially coated, and the red filter film, the blue filter film and the green filter film are individually patterned through a patterning process. In the second black A plurality of filter layers are respectively formed in the light-transmitting openings formed by the matrix 1 . The module layer 70 can then be prepared using a module segment process.
至此,制备完成彩膜层60以及模组层70图案,如图21所示,图21为图3所示A-A向的剖视图,示意了三个子像素的结构。At this point, the color filter layer 60 and the module layer 70 pattern are prepared, as shown in Figure 21. Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view along the A-A direction shown in Figure 3, illustrating the structure of three sub-pixels.
在示例性实施方式中,彩膜层60可以至少包括多个第二黑矩阵61和多个滤光层62。多个第二黑矩阵61和多个滤光层62可以设置在光处理层50远离基底10的一侧,多个第二黑矩阵61可以间隔设置,在相邻的第二黑矩阵61之间形成透光开口,多个滤光层62可以间隔设置,并可以设置在多个透光开口内,例如,单个滤光层62可以设置在单个透光开口内,形成由第二黑矩阵61隔开的滤光层阵列,第二黑矩阵61位于相邻的滤光层62之间。In an exemplary embodiment, the color filter layer 60 may include at least a plurality of second black matrices 61 and a plurality of filter layers 62 . A plurality of second black matrices 61 and a plurality of filter layers 62 may be disposed on a side of the light processing layer 50 away from the substrate 10 , and a plurality of second black matrices 61 may be disposed at intervals between adjacent second black matrices 61 To form a light-transmitting opening, multiple filter layers 62 may be spaced apart and may be provided in multiple light-transmitting openings. For example, a single filter layer 62 may be provided in a single light-transmitting opening, forming a layer separated by a second black matrix 61 . In an open filter layer array, the second black matrix 61 is located between adjacent filter layers 62 .
在示例性实施方式中,多个滤光层62可以包括透过红色光线的红色滤光层、透过蓝色光线的蓝色滤光层以及透过绿色光线的绿色滤光层,红色滤光层可以位于红色子像素(第三子像素P3)所在区域,绿色滤光层可以位于绿色子像素(第二子像素P2)所在区域,蓝色滤光层可以位于蓝色子像素(第一子像素P1)所在区域。 In an exemplary embodiment, the plurality of filter layers 62 may include a red filter layer that transmits red light, a blue filter layer that transmits blue light, and a green filter layer that transmits green light. The red filter layer The layer may be located in the area where the red sub-pixel (the third sub-pixel P3) is located, the green filter layer may be located in the area where the green sub-pixel (the second sub-pixel P2) is located, and the blue filter layer may be located in the blue sub-pixel (the first sub-pixel P2). The area where pixel P1) is located.
经上述制备后,得到的显示基板的结构如图21所示。显示基板还可以包括其它膜层结构,例如触控结构层、保护层等结构,可以根据实际需要进行制备,这里不再赘述。After the above preparation, the structure of the obtained display substrate is shown in Figure 21. The display substrate may also include other film layer structures, such as touch structure layers, protective layers and other structures, which can be prepared according to actual needs and will not be described again here.
本公开示例性实施例所示结构及其制备过程仅仅是一种示例性说明。实际实施时,可以根据实际需要变更相应结构以及增加或减少构图工艺,本公开在此不做限定。The structures and preparation processes shown in the exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure are only illustrative. During actual implementation, the corresponding structure can be changed and the patterning process can be added or reduced according to actual needs, and this disclosure is not limited here.
虽然本公开所揭露的实施方式如上,但所述的内容仅为便于理解本公开而采用的实施方式,并非用以限定本公开。任何本公开所属领域内的技术人员,在不脱离本公开所揭露的精神和范围的前提下,可以在实施的形式及细节上进行任何的修改与变化,但本公开的专利保护范围,仍须以所附的权利要求书所界定的范围为准。 Although the embodiments disclosed in the present disclosure are as above, the described contents are only used to facilitate the understanding of the present disclosure and are not intended to limit the present disclosure. Any person skilled in the field to which this disclosure belongs can make any modifications and changes in the form and details of the implementation without departing from the spirit and scope of this disclosure. However, the patent protection scope of this disclosure still must The scope is defined by the appended claims.

Claims (19)

  1. 一种显示基板,包括:基底、设置在所述基底上的显示结构层、设置在所述显示结构层远离所述基底一侧的光转换层以及设置在所述光转换层远离所述基底一侧的光处理层;所述光转换层至少包括红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层,所述光处理层包括多个提高出光效率的光处理结构和设置在所述光处理结构远离所述基底一侧的覆盖层,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构的折射率大于所述覆盖层的折射率。A display substrate, including: a substrate, a display structure layer provided on the substrate, a light conversion layer provided on the side of the display structure layer away from the substrate, and a light conversion layer provided on a side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate. The light processing layer on the side; the light conversion layer at least includes a red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer. The light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency and is arranged on the light processing structure. The covering layer on the side away from the substrate, the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate, the light processing structure is on the The orthographic projection on the substrate at least partially overlaps the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the covering layer.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的显示基板,其中,所述光处理结构包括第一光处理结构,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影。The display substrate according to claim 1, wherein the light processing structure includes a first light processing structure, and an orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the red quantum dot layer on the substrate. The orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the orthographic projection of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的显示基板,其中,设置在所述红色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构和设置在所述绿色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构间隔设置。The display substrate according to claim 2, wherein the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are spaced apart.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的显示基板,其中,设置在所述红色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构和设置在所述绿色量子点层上的所述第一光处理结构为相互连接的一体结构。The display substrate according to claim 2, wherein the first light processing structure provided on the red quantum dot layer and the first light processing structure provided on the green quantum dot layer are connected to each other. integrated structure.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的显示基板,其中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第一光处理结构的截面形状为梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G1,下底的长度为E1,高为F1,所述梯形的尺寸关系满足:0.65微米<(F1/((E1-G1)/2))<0.99微米。The display substrate according to claim 2, wherein in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the first light processing structure is a trapezoid, the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G1, and the length of the lower base is E1, the height is F1, and the size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.65 microns < (F1/((E1-G1)/2)) <0.99 microns.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的显示基板,其中,所述光转换层还包括第一黑矩阵,所述第一黑矩阵设置在红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层之间;The display substrate according to claim 1, wherein the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer;
    所述光处理结构包括第二光处理结构,所述第二光处理结构设置在所述光转换层远离所述基底的一侧,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述第一黑矩阵在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠;The light processing structure includes a second light processing structure, the second light processing structure is disposed on a side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate is equal to Orthographic projections of the first black matrix on the substrate at least partially overlap;
    所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述透光层在所述基底上的正投影不存在交叠。There is no overlap between the orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate and the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的显示基板,其中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第二光处理结构的截面形状为梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G2,下底的长度为E2,高为F2,所述梯形的几何尺寸关系满足:0.766微米<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939微米。The display substrate according to claim 6, wherein in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the second light processing structure is a trapezoid, the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G2, and the length of the lower base is E2, the height is F2, and the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.766 micron<(F2/((E2-G2)/2))<0.939 micron.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的显示基板,其中,所述光转换层还包括第一黑矩阵,所述第一黑矩阵设置在红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层之间;所述光处理结构包括第一光处理结构和第二光处理结构,所述第一光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述红色量子点层和所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述第一黑矩阵在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述第二光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述透光层在所述基底上的正投影不存在交叠。The display substrate according to claim 1, wherein the light conversion layer further includes a first black matrix, the first black matrix is disposed between the red quantum dot layer, the green quantum dot layer and the light-transmitting layer; The light processing structure includes a first light processing structure and a second light processing structure, and an orthographic projection of the first light processing structure on the substrate includes the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer on the substrate. The orthographic projection of the second light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the first black matrix on the substrate, and the second light processing structure is on the substrate. There is no overlap between the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate and the orthographic projection of the light-transmitting layer on the substrate.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的显示基板,其中,所述第一光处理结构位于所述第二光处理结构远离所述基底的一侧,所述第二光处理结构的折射率小于所述第一光处理结构的折射率。The display substrate according to claim 8, wherein the first light processing structure is located on a side of the second light processing structure away from the substrate, and the refractive index of the second light processing structure is smaller than the first light processing structure. Refractive index of light processing structures.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的显示基板,其中,第一光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.75且小于或等于1.85。 The display substrate of claim 8, wherein the refractive index of the first light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.75 and less than or equal to 1.85.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的显示基板,其中,第二光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.42且小于或等于1.53。The display substrate of claim 8, wherein the refractive index of the second light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.42 and less than or equal to 1.53.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的显示基板,其中,所述显示结构层包括依次叠设在所述基底上的驱动电路层、发光结构层和封装结构层;其中,所述发光结构层至少包括像素定义层,所述像素定义层上设置有像素开口;所述封装结构层包括多个提高出光效率的第三光处理结构,所述第三光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影包含所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投影。The display substrate according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the display structure layer includes a driving circuit layer, a light-emitting structure layer and a packaging structure layer sequentially stacked on the substrate; wherein the light-emitting structure layer The structural layer at least includes a pixel definition layer, with pixel openings provided on the pixel definition layer; the packaging structural layer includes a plurality of third light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency, and the third light processing structures are on the substrate. The orthographic projection includes the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的显示基板,其中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述第三光处理结构的截面形状为梯形,所述梯形上底的长度为G3,下底的长度为E3,高为F3,所述梯形的几何尺寸关系满足:0.75微米<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9微米。The display substrate according to claim 12, wherein in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the cross-sectional shape of the third light processing structure is a trapezoid, the length of the upper base of the trapezoid is G3, and the length of the lower base is E3, the height is F3, and the geometric size relationship of the trapezoid satisfies: 0.75 micron<(F3/((E3-G3)/2))<0.9 micron.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的显示基板,其中,所述第三光处理结构的折射率设置为大于或等于1.7且小于或等于1.8。The display substrate according to claim 12, wherein the refractive index of the third light processing structure is set to be greater than or equal to 1.7 and less than or equal to 1.8.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的显示基板,其中,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述像素开口长度为C,所述第三光处理结构和所述像素开口的尺寸关系满足:C≤G3<E3<C+8微米。The display substrate according to claim 13, wherein in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the length of the pixel opening is C, and the size relationship between the third light processing structure and the pixel opening satisfies: C≤G3 <E3<C+8 micron.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的显示基板,其中,所述量子点层在所述基底上的正投影包含所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投影,所述量子点层在所述基底上的正投影与所述像素开口在所述基底上的正投影的相邻边之间的距离小于或等于8微米。The display substrate according to claim 15, wherein an orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate includes an orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate, and an orthographic projection of the quantum dot layer on the substrate The distance between the orthographic projection and adjacent sides of the orthographic projection of the pixel opening on the substrate is less than or equal to 8 microns.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的显示基板,其中,相邻的像素开口之间为像素坝,在垂直于所述基底的平面内,所述像素坝在所述基底上正投影的长度为A,所述红色量子点层截面长度为Dr,所述绿色量子点层截面长度为Dg,位于所述红色量子点层和所述绿色量子点层之间的第一黑矩阵截面长度为Db,Dr/2+Dg/2+Db≤A。The display substrate according to claim 15, wherein between adjacent pixel openings is a pixel dam, and in a plane perpendicular to the substrate, the length of the orthographic projection of the pixel dam on the substrate is A, so The cross-sectional length of the red quantum dot layer is Dr, the cross-sectional length of the green quantum dot layer is Dg, and the cross-sectional length of the first black matrix located between the red quantum dot layer and the green quantum dot layer is Db, Dr/2 +Dg/2+Db≤A.
  18. 一种显示装置,其特征在于,包括如权利要求1至17中任意一项所述的显示基板。A display device, characterized by comprising the display substrate according to any one of claims 1 to 17.
  19. 一种显示基板的制备方法,包括:在基底上形成显示结构层;A method for preparing a display substrate, including: forming a display structure layer on a substrate;
    在所述显示结构层远离所述基底的一侧形成光转换层,所述光转换层至少包括红色量子点层、绿色量子点层和透光层;A light conversion layer is formed on the side of the display structure layer away from the substrate, and the light conversion layer at least includes a red quantum dot layer, a green quantum dot layer and a light-transmitting layer;
    在所述光转换层远离所述基底的一侧形成光处理层,所述光处理层包括多个提高出光效率的光处理结构和设置在所述光处理结构远离所述基底一侧的覆盖层,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述红色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构在所述基底上的正投影与所述绿色量子点层在所述基底上的正投影至少部分交叠,所述光处理结构的折射率大于所述覆盖层的折射率。 A light processing layer is formed on the side of the light conversion layer away from the substrate. The light processing layer includes a plurality of light processing structures that improve light extraction efficiency and a covering layer disposed on the side of the light processing structure away from the substrate. , the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate at least partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate, and the orthographic projection of the light processing structure on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the red quantum dot layer on the substrate. Orthographic projections of the green quantum dot layer on the substrate at least partially overlap, and the refractive index of the light processing structure is greater than the refractive index of the cover layer.
PCT/CN2023/094516 2022-06-20 2023-05-16 Display substrate and manufacturing method therefor, and display device WO2023246379A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210699592.5 2022-06-20
CN202210699592.5A CN115241235A (en) 2022-06-20 2022-06-20 Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023246379A1 true WO2023246379A1 (en) 2023-12-28

Family

ID=83669318

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/094516 WO2023246379A1 (en) 2022-06-20 2023-05-16 Display substrate and manufacturing method therefor, and display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115241235A (en)
WO (1) WO2023246379A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115241235A (en) * 2022-06-20 2022-10-25 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110911463A (en) * 2019-11-28 2020-03-24 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 OLED display back plate, manufacturing method thereof and OLED display device
CN113078199A (en) * 2021-03-29 2021-07-06 昆山国显光电有限公司 Display substrate, preparation method of display substrate and display module
CN113972336A (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-25 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device
CN115241235A (en) * 2022-06-20 2022-10-25 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110911463A (en) * 2019-11-28 2020-03-24 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 OLED display back plate, manufacturing method thereof and OLED display device
CN113972336A (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-25 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device
CN113078199A (en) * 2021-03-29 2021-07-06 昆山国显光电有限公司 Display substrate, preparation method of display substrate and display module
CN115241235A (en) * 2022-06-20 2022-10-25 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115241235A (en) 2022-10-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022262329A1 (en) Display substrate and display device
CN113725272A (en) Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device
US11183542B2 (en) Display panel and method for manufacturing display panel
US20220393122A1 (en) Display Substrate and Preparation Method thereof, and Display Apparatus
TW201925884A (en) Display panel and organic light-emitting display device
WO2023246379A1 (en) Display substrate and manufacturing method therefor, and display device
CN114005865B (en) Display substrate, preparation method thereof and electronic device
WO2024060884A1 (en) Display substrate, manufacturing method therefor, and display apparatus
WO2022178827A1 (en) Display substrate and preparation method therefor, and display device
WO2022204918A1 (en) Display substrate and preparation method therefor, and display apparatus
KR20160065667A (en) Organic light emitting display device and method of fabricating the same
WO2022222070A1 (en) Display substrate and preparation method therefor, and display apparatus
KR102508916B1 (en) Organic Light Emitting Display Device and Manufacturing Method of the Same
WO2023225887A1 (en) Display substrate and preparation method therefor, and electronic apparatus
TWI624094B (en) Organic emitting diode and organic light emitting diode display device including the same
WO2023236676A1 (en) Display substrate and manufacturing method therefor, and display device
US20240122032A1 (en) Display Substrate, Preparation Method Thereof, and Display Device
WO2023206066A1 (en) Display substrate, preparation method therefor, and display device
CN115148937A (en) Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device
WO2023273400A1 (en) Display substrate, preparation method therefor, and display apparatus
WO2022226737A1 (en) Display substrate and manufacturing method therefor, and display device
WO2022247167A1 (en) Display substrate and preparation method therefor, and display apparatus
WO2022193316A1 (en) Display substrate and preparation method therefor, and display apparatus
WO2023197111A1 (en) Display substrate and display apparatus
WO2023023908A1 (en) Display substrate and preparation method therefor, and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23826028

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1